US20100048295A1

US20100048295A1 - Gaming system

Info

Publication number: US20100048295A1
Application number: US12/504,214
Authority: US
Inventors: Kazuo Okada
Original assignee: Aruze Gaming America Inc
Current assignee: Aruze Gaming America Inc
Priority date: 2008-08-22
Filing date: 2009-07-16
Publication date: 2010-02-25

Abstract

A part of wagers bet in each slot machine is counted by a counter as a JP count value. Each slot machine can arbitrarily participate in a JP bonus game “MEGA”, “MAJOR” or “MINI”. Therefore, a player can play a slot game with selecting a JP bonus according to his/her preference. For example, a player who wants to get a JP bonus with a higher winning probability can participate in “MINI”. A player who wants to get a larger award for larger wagers can participate in “MEGA”.

Description

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION

This application is based upon and claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/090,967, filed on Aug. 22, 2008; U.S. provisional patent application Ser. No. 61/091,849 filed on Aug. 26, 2008, U.S. provisional patent application Ser. No. 61/098,442 filed on Sep. 19, 2008, U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/090,970, filed on Aug. 22, 2008; U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/091,841, filed on Aug. 26, 2008; and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/091,844, filed on Aug. 26, 2008; the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

1. Field of the Invention
The present invention relates to a gaming machine that executes games using game media, such as coins and bills.
2. Description of Related Art
As disclosed in International Patent Application Publication No. WO99/03078, a conventional gaming machine has a jackpot feature function with a gaming system in which plural gaming terminals are linked each other. According to the jackpot feature function, a feature game is executed when a jackpot bonus has been won and a random jackpot award is varied according to its result. Other linked gaming systems are known such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,311,598 and U.S. Pat. No. 7,311,604.
A payout amount is varied only when a progressive bonus such as a jackpot is won in these conventional gaming systems. Therefore, a slot machine with a new entertainment feature is desired to be provided.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

A first aspect of the present invention provides a gaming system that includes a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network. The system comprises: a main controller operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (a) counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value, and (b) setting a progressive bonus with a plurality of ranks each having a different winning probability and a different award for a winning; and a plurality of terminal controllers each provided at each of the plurality of gaming machines and each operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (A) accepting a participation in at least one of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus, and (B) determining whether or not a progressive bonus is to be won at the winning probability of the participated progressive bonus for each unit game and providing an award for the participated progressive bonus in a case where the progressive bonus has been won.
The above-described first aspect associates with the first and second embodiments explained later. In addition, the above-described first aspect may contain or relate-to the subject matter of a future divisional application or an invention that may be newly presented or introduced by future amendment. Examples are shown as follows.
(I) A gaming system that comprises: a plurality of gaming machines; and a server connected with each of the plurality of gaming machines via a network. The server includes: a progressive bonus counter for counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value, and a server controller operable to set a progressive bonus with a plurality of ranks each having a different winning probability and a different award for a winning. Each of the plurality of gaming machines includes a terminal controller operable, according to a program stored in the memory, to execute following processings: (a) accepting a participation in at least one of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus, and (b) determining whether or not a progressive bonus is to be won at the winning probability of the participated progressive bonus for each unit game and providing an award for the participated progressive bonus in a case where the progressive bonus has been awarded.
(II) A gaming system that comprises a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network. Each of the plurality of gaming machine includes a controller. A controller in a gaming machine defined as a main machine is operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (a) counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value, and (b) setting a progressive bonus with a plurality of ranks each having a different winning probability and a different award for a winning. Each controller of the plurality of gaming machines including the main machine is operable, according to a program stored in the memory, to execute following processings: (A) accepting a participation in at least one of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus, and (B) determining whether or not a progressive bonus is to be won at the winning probability of the participated progressive bonus for each unit game and providing an award for the participated progressive bonus in a case where the progressive bonus has been won.
(III) A control method of a gaming system that comprises: counting a part of wagers bet at a plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value, accepting a participation in at least one of a plurality of ranks of progressive bonus at each of the plurality of gaming machines, each of the plurality of ranks having a different winning probability and a different award for a winning, and providing an award for the progressive bonus in the case where the progressive bonus has been won in a unit game executed at each of the plurality of gaming machines.
An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming system having a higher entertainment value by diversifying detailed distribution of awards for a progressive bonus among multiple gaming machines that are connected to one another through a network so as to share the progressive bonus in the case of consecutive establishment of payout conditions for the progressive bonus, and to provide a controlling method thereof.
A second aspect of the present invention is a gaming system comprising: a plurality of gaming machines connected to one another through a network; a counter configured to count some of a bet amount on a unit game to be executed in each of the gaming machines as a count value for a progressive bonus shared by the gaming machines; and a controller configured to (a) every time the unit game is executed, determine whether or not a payout condition for providing the progressive bonus is established in any of the gaming machines executing the unit games, and (b) when firstly determining that the payout condition is established in one of the gaming machines and further determining that the payout condition is established in a different one of the gaming machines within a predetermined time period from a time point when firstly making the payout condition establishment determination, determine detailed distribution for awards from the progressive bonus to the one gaming machine and the different gaming machine.
The above-described second aspect associates with the third and fourth embodiments explained later. In addition, the above-described second aspect may contain or relate-to the subject matter of a future divisional application or an invention that may be newly presented or introduced by future amendment. Examples are shown as follows.
(IV) A gaming system comprising: a server connected through a network to a plurality of gaming machines, a determination being made whether or not a payout condition for providing a progressive bonus is established in each of the plurality of gaming machines each time a unit game is executed;
a counter provided in the server and configured to count some of a bet amount on the unit game to be executed in each of the gaming machines as a count value for the progressive bonus shared by the gaming machines; and a controller provided in the server and configured to, when a determination is firstly made that the payout condition is established in one of the gaming machines and a determination is further made that the payout condition is established in a different one of the gaming machines within a predetermined time period from a time point when the first determination is made, determine detailed distribution for awards from the progressive bonus to the one gaming machine and the different gaming machine.
(V) A gaming system comprising: a plurality of gaming machines connected to one another through a network; and a controller provided in each of the gaming machines, the controller configured to (a) every time a unit game is executed in the gaming machine that the controller belongs to, determine whether or not a payout condition for providing a progressive bonus is established, (b) count some of a bet amount on the unit game to be executed in each of the gaming machines as a count value for the progressive bonus shared by the gaming machines, when the gaming machine that the controller belongs to is set as a host machine, and (c) when a determination is firstly made that the payout condition is established in one of the gaming machines and a determination is further made that the payout condition is established in a different one of the gaming machines within a predetermined time period from a time point when the first determination is made, determine detailed distribution for awards from the progressive bonus to the one gaming machine and the different gaming machine, when the gaming machine that the controller belongs to is set as the host machine.
(VI) A method for controlling a gaming system comprising a plurality of gaming machines connected to one another through a network, the method comprising: counting some of a bet amount on a unit game to be executed in each of the gaming machines as a count value for a progressive bonus shared by the gaming machines; determining, every time the unit game is executed, whether or not a payout condition for providing the progressive bonus is established in any of the gaming machines executing the unit games; and determining, when firstly determining that the payout condition is established in one of the gaming machines and further determining that the payout condition is established in a different one of the gaming machines within a predetermined time period from a time point when firstly making the payout condition establishment determination, detailed distribution for awards from the progressive bonus to the one gaming machine and the different gaming machine.
An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming system having more entertaining properties, the gaming system configured to allow a player of a gaming machine to freely select a progressive bonus shared by multiple gaming machines that are connected to one another through a network and a control method thereof.
A third aspect of the present invention is a gaming system comprising: a plurality of gaming machines connected to one another through a network; a counter configured to count count values respectively of a plurality of progressive bonuses, the count values being counted respectively for a plurality of links that the gaming machines participate in; a memory configured to store participation conditions respectively for the links, the participation conditions being set by any of the gaming machines; and a controller configured to (a) display the participation conditions respectively for the links stored in the memory on a display of the gaming machine which makes a request for participation in any of the links, (b) allow the gaming machine agreeing with one of the participation conditions displayed on the display to participate in the link corresponding to the agreed participation condition, and (c) cause the counter to count the count value for the progressive bonus corresponding to the link that the gaming machine participates in, by adding some of a bet amount on a unit game executed on the gaming machine participating in the link.
The above-described third aspect associates with the fifth to seventh embodiments explained later. In addition, the above-described third aspect may contain or relate-to the subject matter of a future divisional application or an invention that may be newly presented or introduced by future amendment. Examples are shown as follows.
(VII) A gaming system comprising: a server to which a plurality of gaming machines are connected through a network; a counter provided on the server and configured to count count values respectively of a plurality of progressive bonuses, the count values being counted respectively for a plurality of links that the gaming machines participate in; a memory provided on the server and configured to store participation conditions respectively for the links, the participation conditions being set by any of the gaming machines; and a controller provided on the server and configured to (a) display the participation conditions respectively for the links stored in the memory on a display of the gaming machine which makes a request for participation in any of the links, (b) allow the gaming machine agreeing with one of the participation conditions displayed on the display to participate in the link corresponding to the agreed participation condition, and (c) cause the counter to count the count value for the progressive bonus corresponding to the link that the gaming machine participates in, by adding some of a bet amount on a unit game executed on the gaming machine participating in the link.
(VIII) A gaming system comprising: a plurality of gaming machines connected to one another through a network; a counter provided on each of the gaming machines and configured to, while the gaming machine including the counter is set as a host machine, count count values respectively of a plurality of progressive bonuses, the count values being counted respectively for a plurality of links that the gaming machines participate in; a memory provided on each of the gaming machines and configured to, while the gaming machine including the memory is set as the host machine, store participation conditions respectively for the links, the participation conditions being set by any of the gaming machines; and a controller provided on each of the gaming machines and configured to, while the gaming machine including the controller is set as the host machine, (a) display the participation conditions respectively for the links stored in the memory on a display of the gaming machine which makes a request for participation in any of the links, (b) allow the gaming machine agreeing with one of the participation conditions displayed on the display to participate in the link corresponding to the agreed participation condition, and (c) cause the counter to count the count value for the progressive bonus corresponding to the link that the gaming machine participates in, by adding some of a bet amount on a unit game executed on the gaming machine participating in the link.
(IX) A method for controlling a gaming system provided with: a plurality of gaming machines connected to one another through a network; a counter configured to count count values respectively of a plurality of progressive bonuses, the count values being counted respectively for a plurality of links that the gaming machines participate in; a memory configured to store participation conditions respectively for the links, the participation conditions being set by any of the gaming machines, the method comprising: displaying the participation conditions respectively for the links stored in the memory on a display of the gaming machine which makes a request for participation in any of the links; allowing the gaming machine agreeing with one of the participation conditions displayed on the display to participate in the link corresponding to the agreed participation condition; and causing the counter to count the count value for the progressive bonus corresponding to the link that the gaming machine participates in, by adding some of a bet amount on a unit game executed on the gaming machine participating in the link.
A fourth aspect of the present invention provides a gaming system that includes a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network. The system comprises: a controller operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (A) accepting, upon a game start of each of the plurality of gaming machines, a participation in one of existing groups or an initialization of a new group, each of the existing groups involving a variant participation precondition and sharing a progressive bonus, (B) setting the participation precondition automatically according to a playing history of a concerning gaming machine with the initialization of the new group upon accepting the initialization, and (C) providing an award during an execution of a unit game in a case where the progressive bonus to which the concerning gaming machine belongs has been awarded.
The above-described fourth aspect associates with the eighth and ninth embodiments explained later. In addition, the above-described fourth aspect may contain or relate-to the subject matter of a future divisional application or an invention that may be newly presented or introduced by future amendment. Examples are shown as follows.
(X) A gaming system that comprises: a plurality of gaming machines; and a server connected with each of the plurality of gaming machines via a network. Each of the plurality of gaming machines includes a terminal controller operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (A) accepting, upon a game start, a participation in one of existing groups or an initialization of a new group, and (B) providing an award during an execution of a unit game in a case where a progressive bonus to which a concerning gaming machine belongs has been awarded. The server includes a server controller operable, according to a program stored in the memory, to execute following processings: (a) classifying the plurality of gaming machines into a plurality of groups each of which involves a participation precondition and shares a progressive bonus, (b) counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value with respect to each of the plurality of groups, and (c) initializing the new group with setting the participation precondition automatically according to a playing history of a concerning gaming machine with the initialization upon accepting the initialization of the new group at the plurality of gaming machines.
(XI) A gaming system that comprises a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network. Each of the plurality of gaming machines includes a terminal controller operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (A) accepting, upon a game start, a participation in one of existing groups or an initialization of a new group, and (B) providing an award during an execution of a unit game in a case where a progressive bonus to which a concerning gaming machine belongs has been awarded. A terminal controller of a main gaming machine among the plurality of gaming machines is further operable, according to a program stored in the memory, to execute following processings: (a) classifying the plurality of gaming machines into a plurality of groups each of which involves a participation precondition and shares a progressive bonus, (b) counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value with respect to each of the plurality of groups, and (c) initializing the new group with setting the participation precondition automatically according to a playing history of a concerning gaming machine with the initialization upon accepting the initialization of the new group at the plurality of gaming machines.
(XII) A control method of a gaming system including a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network. The control method comprises: accepting, upon a game start at any of the plurality of gaming machines, a participation in one of existing groups or an initialization of a new group, each of the existing groups involving a variant participation precondition and sharing a progressive bonus, setting the participation precondition automatically according to a playing history of a concerning gaming machine with the initialization of the new group upon accepting the initialization, and providing an award during an execution of a unit game in a case where the progressive bonus to which the concerning gaming machine belongs has been awarded.
A fifth aspect of the present invention provides a gaming system that includes a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network, a main controller and a terminal controller provided at each of the plurality of gaming machines. The main controller is operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (a) counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value, (b) setting a progressive bonus with a plurality of ranks each involving a different winning probability and a different award for a winning, (c) setting a threshold of the progressive count value for each of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus, (d) determining, in a case where the progressive count value does not reach the threshold, whether or not a progressive bonus is to be won at each of the plurality of gaming machines, and (e) awarding, in a case where the progressive count value reaches the threshold, a progressive bonus to a predetermined number of gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right earlier among all gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right when receiving a signal indicating that one gaming machine has acquired a progressive bonus right and then receiving signals indicating that other gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right within a preset time period. The terminal controller is operable, according to a program stored in the memory, to execute following processings: (A) accepting a participation in at least one of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus and determining whether or not the participated progressive bonus is to be won at the winning probability of the progressive bonus for each unit game, and (B) providing an award for the participated progressive bonus when the progressive bonus has been won.
The above-described fifth aspect associates with the tenth to twelfth embodiments explained later. In addition, the above-described fifth aspect may contain or relate-to the subject matter of a future divisional application or an invention that may be newly presented or introduced by future amendment. Examples are shown as follows.
(XIII) A gaming system that includes a plurality of gaming machines and a server connected with each of the plurality of gaming machines via a network. The server includes a progressive bonus counter for counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value and a server controller. The server controller is operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (a) setting a progressive bonus with a plurality of ranks each involving a different winning probability and a different award for a winning, (b) setting a threshold of the progressive count value for each of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus, (c) determining, in a case where the progressive count value does not reach the threshold, whether or not a progressive bonus is to be won at each of the plurality of gaming machines, and (d) awarding, in a case where the progressive count value reaches the threshold, a progressive bonus to a predetermined number of gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right earlier among all gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right when receiving a signal indicating that one gaming machine has acquired a progressive bonus right and then receiving signals indicating that other gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right within a preset time period. Each of the plurality of gaming machines includes a terminal controller. The terminal controller is operable, according to a program stored in the memory, to execute following processings: (A) accepting a participation in at least one of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus and determining whether or not the participated progressive bonus is to be won at the winning probability of the progressive bonus for each unit game, and (B) providing an award for the participated progressive bonus when the progressive bonus has been won.
(XIV) A gaming system that includes a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network. Each of the plurality of gaming machines includes a controller. A controller of a gaming machine set as a main machine is operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (a) counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value, (b) setting a progressive bonus with a plurality of ranks each involving a different winning probability and a different award for a winning, (c) setting a threshold of the progressive count value for each of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus, (d) determining, in a case where the progressive count value does not reach the threshold, whether or not a progressive bonus is to be won at each of the plurality of gaming machines, and (e) awarding, in a case where the progressive count value reaches the threshold, a progressive bonus to a predetermined number of gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right earlier among all gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right when receiving a signal indicating that one gaming machine has acquired a progressive bonus right and then receiving signals indicating that other gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right within a preset time period. Each controller of the plurality of gaming machines including the main machine is operable, according to a program stored in the memory, to execute following processings: (A) accepting a participation in at least one of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus and determining whether or not the participated progressive bonus is to be won at the winning probability of the progressive bonus for each unit game, and (B) providing an award for the participated progressive bonus when the progressive bonus has been won.
(XV) A control method of a gaming system in which a plurality of gaming machines is connected each other via a network. A main controller connected to the network counts a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value, sets a progressive bonus with a plurality of ranks each involving a different winning probability and a different award for a winning, sets a threshold of the progressive count value for each of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus, determines, in a case where the progressive count value does not reach the threshold, whether or not a progressive bonus is to be won at each of the plurality of gaming machines, and awards, in a case where the progressive count value reaches the threshold, a progressive bonus to a predetermined number of gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right earlier among all gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right when receiving a signal indicating that one gaming machine has acquired a progressive bonus right and then receiving signals indicating that other gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right within a preset time period. A terminal controller provided at each of the plurality of gaming machines accepts a participation in at least one of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus and determining whether or not the participated progressive bonus is to be won at the winning probability of the progressive bonus for each unit game, and provides an award for the participated progressive bonus when the progressive bonus has been won.
A sixth aspect of the present invention provides a gaming system that includes a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network, a main controller and a terminal controller provided at each of the plurality of gaming machines. The main controller is operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (a) counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value, (b) setting either a single winning mode in which a number of winnings for a progressive bonus is set to one or a multiple winning mode in which the number of winnings for a progressive bonus is set to one than one, (c) allowing, in the single winning mode, the progressive bonus to win in one slot machine that has acquired a progressive bonus right earliest, and (d) allowing, in the multiple winning mode, until a first preset number of slot machines have acquired the progressive bonus right, the progressive bonus to win in the first preset number of slot machines which have acquired a progressive bonus right earlier within the number of winnings, then setting a second preset number by subtracting the first preset number from the number of winnings when more than the first preset number of slot machines have acquired the progressive bonus right, and allowing the progressive bonus to win in the second preset number of slot machines which have the progressive right earlier. The terminal controller is operable, according to a program stored in the memory, to execute following processings, respectively: (A) determining whether or not the progressive bonus right is acquired in each unit game, and (B) providing an award when the progressive bonus right has been acquired and also the main controller has determined the winning of the progressive bonus.
The above-described sixth aspect associates with the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments explained later. In addition, the above-described sixth aspect may contain or relate-to the subject matter of a future divisional application or an invention that may be newly presented or introduced by future amendment. Examples are shown as follows.
(XVI) A gaming system that includes a plurality of gaming machines and a server connected with each of the plurality of gaming machines via a network. The server includes a progressive bonus counter for counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value and a server controller. The server controller is operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (a) setting either a single winning mode in which a number of winnings for a progressive bonus is set to one or a multiple winning mode in which the number of winnings for a progressive bonus is set to one than one, (b) allowing, in the single winning mode, the progressive bonus to win in one slot machine that has acquired a progressive bonus right earliest, and (c) allowing, in the multiple winning mode, until a first preset number of slot machines have acquired the progressive bonus right, the progressive bonus to win in the first preset number of slot machines which have acquired a progressive bonus right earlier within the number of winnings, then setting a second preset number by subtracting the first preset number from the number of winnings when more than the first preset number of slot machines have acquired the progressive bonus right, and allowing the progressive bonus to win in the second preset number of slot machines which have the progressive right earlier. Each of the plurality of gaming machines includes a terminal controller. The terminal controller is operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (A) determining whether or not the progressive bonus right is acquired in each unit game, and (B) providing an award when the progressive bonus right has been acquired and also the server controller has determined the winning of the progressive bonus.
(XVII) A gaming system that includes a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network. Each of the plurality of gaming machines includes a controller. A controller of a gamming machine set as a main machine is operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings: (a) counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value, (b) setting either a single winning mode in which a number of winnings for a progressive bonus is set to one or a multiple winning mode in which the number of winnings for a progressive bonus is set to one than one, (c) allowing, in the single winning mode, the progressive bonus to win in one slot machine that has acquired a progressive bonus right earliest, and (d) allowing, in the multiple winning mode, until a first preset number of slot machines have acquired the progressive bonus right, the progressive bonus to win in the first preset number of slot machines which have acquired a progressive bonus right earlier within the number of winnings, then setting a second preset number by subtracting the first preset number from the number of winnings when more than the first preset number of slot machines have acquired the progressive bonus right, and allowing the progressive bonus to win in the second preset number of slot machines which have the progressive right earlier. Each controller of the plurality of gaming machines including the main machine is operable, according to a program stored in the memory, to execute following processings: (A) determining whether or not the progressive bonus right is acquired in each unit game, and (B) providing an award when the progressive bonus right has been acquired and also the controller of the main machine has determined the winning of the progressive bonus.
(VXIII) A control method in which a plurality of gaming machines is connected each other via a network. A gaming machine set as a main machine counts a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines connected each other via a network as a progressive count value; sets either a single winning mode in which a number of winnings for a progressive bonus is set to one or a multiple winning mode in which the number of winnings for a progressive bonus is set to one than one; allows, in the single winning mode, the progressive bonus to win in one slot machine that has acquired a progressive bonus right earliest; and allows, in the multiple winning mode, until a first preset number of slot machines have acquired the progressive bonus right, the progressive bonus to win in the first preset number of slot machines which have acquired a progressive bonus right earlier within the number of winnings, then sets a second preset number by subtracting the first preset number from the number of winnings when more than the first preset number of slot machines have acquired the progressive bonus right, and allows the progressive bonus to win in the second preset number of slot machines which have the progressive right earlier. Each of the plurality of gaming machines determines whether or not the progressive bonus right is acquired in each unit game, and provides an award when the progressive bonus right has been acquired and also the winning of the progressive bonus has been determined.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a gaming system according to a first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 2 is a diagram showing network connections in the gaming system according to the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a slot machine in the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of the slot machine in the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of a host server in the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of a relay controller in the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a gaming system according to a second embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 8 is a diagram showing network connections in the gaming system according to the second embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of a main slot machine in the second embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a host server processing in the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a slot machine processing in the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a symbol-scroll processing in the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a JP bonus participation accepting processing in the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a “MINI” probability table setting processing in the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 15 is a flowchart of a “MAJOR” probability table setting processing in the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a “MEGA” probability table setting processing in the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 17 is a flowchart of a main slot machine processing in the second embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a slot machine processing in the second embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 19 shows “MINI”, “MAJOR” and “MEGA” probability tables;

FIG. 20 shows a payout table of a slot game executed in the first and second embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 21 shows segmented areas on a display of the slot machine in the first and second embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 22 shows a JP bonus selection screen displayed on the display of the slot machine in the first and second embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 23 shows a display example of symbols on the display of the slot machine in the first and second embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 24 is shows a display example of a main display in the first embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 25A is a flowchart showing an outline of operations and a controlling method of a slot system according to third and fourth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 25B is a flowchart showing an outline of operations and a controlling method of a slot system according to respective modified examples of the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 26 is an explanatory view showing a network configuration of the slot system according to the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention and the modified examples thereof;

FIG. 27 is an explanatory view showing a configuration of a terminal station in the slot system according to the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention and the modified examples thereof;

FIG. 28 is an explanatory view showing a display example on a main display in the slot system according to the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention and the modified examples thereof;

FIG. 29 is a perspective view of a slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 30 is an explanatory view of partitioned regions for displaying symbols on a liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 31 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a controller and connected devices provided in the slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 32 is an explanatory view showing an example of a payout table to be stored in a RAM of the controller provided in the slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 33 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a host server in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 34 is an explanatory view showing an example of a probability table to be stored in the RAM of the host server in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 35 is an explanatory view showing an electrical configuration of a relay controller in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of the slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 38 is another flowchart showing a processing procedure of the slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 39 is another flowchart showing a processing procedure of the slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 40 is an explanatory view showing a display example of a JP bonus participation acceptance screen on the liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 41 is an explanatory view showing an example of a rearrangement pattern of symbols on the liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the modified example of the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of the slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 44 is an explanatory view showing a display example of a bonus game screen on the liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 45 is an explanatory view showing another display example of the bonus game screen on the liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 46 is an explanatory view showing another display example of the bonus game screen on the liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the third embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 47 is an explanatory view showing a network configuration of the slot system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 48 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a controller and connected devices provided in the slot machine in the slot system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 49 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of the slot machine set as a host machine in the slot system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of the slot machine set as a host machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the fourth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing operations of a slot system according to fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention and an outline of control method thereof;

FIG. 52 is an explanatory view showing a network configuration of the slot system according to the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 53 is an explanatory view showing a configuration of a terminal station in the slot system according to the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 54 is an explanatory view showing a display example on a main display in the slot system according to the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 55 is a perspective view of a slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 56 is an explanatory view showing a display example of a link participation condition display screen on a liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 57 is an explanatory view showing partitioned regions for displaying symbols on the liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 58 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a controller and connected devices provided in the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 59 is an explanatory view showing an example of a payout table stored in a RAM of the controller provided in the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 60 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a host server in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 61 is an explanatory view showing an example of a probability table stored in the RAM of the host server in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 62 is an explanatory view showing an electrical configuration of a relay controller in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 63 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 64 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 65 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 66 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 67 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 68 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 69 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the relay controller in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 70 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the relay controller in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 71 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the relay controller in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 72 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the relay controller in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 73 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the relay controller in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 74 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the relay controller in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 75 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the relay controller in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 76 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 77 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 78 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 79 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 80 is an explanatory view showing a display example of a link setting input screen on the liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 81 is an explanatory view showing an example of a rearrangement pattern of symbols on the liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 82 is a flowchart showing a procedure of a host server in a slot system according to a modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 83A is a flowchart showing a procedure of a relay controller in the slot system according to the modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 83B is a flowchart showing a procedure of a relay controller in the slot system according to the modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 84A is a flowchart showing a procedure of a slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 84B is a flowchart showing a procedure of a slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 84C is a flowchart showing a procedure of a slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 85 is an explanatory view showing a display example of a link participation condition display screen on a liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 86 is an explanatory view showing a display example of a chat screen on the liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 87 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a controller and connected devices provided in the slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 88 is a flowchart showing a procedure of a host server in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 89 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 90 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 91 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 92 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 93 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 94 is a flowchart showing a procedure of a slot machine in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 95 is a flowchart showing a procedure of the slot machine in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 96 is a flowchart showing a procedure of a host server in a slot system according to a modified example of the sixth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 97A is a flowchart showing a procedure of a slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the sixth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 97B is a flowchart showing a procedure of a slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the sixth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 98 is an explanatory view showing a network configuration of the slot system according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 99 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a controller and connected devices provided in a slot machine in the slot system according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 100 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a gaming system according to a eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 101 is a diagram showing network connections in the gaming system according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 102 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a slot machine in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 103 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of the slot machine in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 104 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of a host server in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 105 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of a relay controller in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 106 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a gaming system according to a ninth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 107 is a diagram showing network connections in the gaming system according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 108 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of a main slot machine in the ninth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 109 is a flowchart of a host server processing in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 110 is a flowchart of a new-group-setting processing in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 111 is a flowchart of a participation-in-existing-group processing in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 112 is a flowchart of an exclusion-from-group processing in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 113 is a flowchart of a slot machine processing in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 114 is a flowchart of a group setting processing in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 115 is a flowchart of a symbol-scroll processing in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 116 is a flowchart of a payout processing in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 117 is a flowchart of a confirming participation precondition processing in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 118 is a flowchart of a main slot machine processing in a ninth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 119 is a flowchart of a slot machine processing in the ninth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 120 shows a payout table of a slot game executed in the eighth and ninth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 121 shows a JP bonus table used in the eighth and ninth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 122 shows segmented areas on a display of the slot machine in the eighth and ninth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 123 shows one display example of symbols on the display of the slot machine in the eighth and ninth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 124 shows another display example on the display of the slot machine in the eighth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 125 shows another display example on the display of the slot machine in the eighth and ninth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 126 shows another display example on the display of the slot machine in the eighth and ninth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 127 shows another display example on the display of the slot machine in the eighth and ninth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 128 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a gaming system according to a tenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 129 is a diagram showing network connections in the gaming system according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 130 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a slot machine in the tenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 131 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of the slot machine in the tenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 132 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of a host server in the tenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 133 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of a relay controller in the tenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 134 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a gaming system according to a twelfth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 135 is a diagram showing network connections in the gaming system according to the twelfth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 136 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of a main slot machine in the twelfth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 137 is a flowchart of a host server processing in the tenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 138 is the flowchart of the host server processing in the tenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 139 is a flowchart of a slot machine processing in the tenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 140 is a flowchart of a symbol-scroll processing in the tenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 141 is a flowchart of a payout processing in the tenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 142 is a flowchart of a host server processing in a eleventh embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 143 is the flowchart of the host server processing in the eleventh embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 144 is a flowchart of a main slot machine processing in the twelfth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 145 is the flowchart of the main slot machine processing in the twelfth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 146 is a flowchart of a main slot machine processing in the twelfth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 147 shows probability tables of JP bonuses in the tenth to twelfth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 148 shows a payout table of a slot game executed in the tenth to twelfth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 149 shows segmented areas on a display of the slot machine in the tenth to twelfth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 150 shows a display example of symbols on the display of the slot machine in the tenth to twelfth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 151 is shows a display example of a main display in the tenth to twelfth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 152 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a gaming system according to a thirteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 153 is a diagram showing network connections in the gaming system according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 154 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a slot machine in the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 155 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of the slot machine in the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 156 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of a host server in the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 157 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of a relay controller in the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 158 is a diagram showing an overall configuration of a gaming system according to a fourteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 159 is a diagram showing network connections in the gaming system according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 160 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of a main slot machine in the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 161 is a flowchart of a host server processing in the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 162 is the flowchart of the host server processing in the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 163 is a flowchart of a slot machine processing in the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 164 is a flowchart of a symbol-scroll processing in the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 165 is a flowchart of a payout processing in the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 166 is a flowchart of a main slot machine processing in a fourteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 167 is the flowchart of the main slot machine processing in the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 168 is a flowchart of a slot machine processing in the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 169 shows a JP bonus table used in the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 170 shows a payout table of a slot game executed in the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 171 shows segmented areas on a display of the slot machine in the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments of the present invention;

FIG. 172 shows a JP bonus selection screen displayed on the display of the slot machine in the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention;

FIG. 173 shows a display example of symbols on the display of the slot machine in the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments of the present invention; and

FIG. 174 is shows a display example of a main display in the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments of the present invention.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE EMBODIMENT

1st and 2nd Embodiments

In these embodiments, step numbers shown in flow charts may be redundantly presented in other embodiments, but they are used independently from the other embodiments.
FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration of a terminal station 2 installed in a gaming system according to the present invention. FIG. 2 shows a diagram of network connections. Hereinafter, outline of the gaming system according to a first embodiment of the present invention is explained with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2.
As shown in FIG. 2, the terminal stations 2 (three in the figure) are connected via a network 3 and a host server 1 is connected to the network 3. In addition, as shown in FIG. 1, each of the terminal stations 2 includes slot machines 10 (gaming machine), a relay controller 4, a main display 5 and a count display 6.
Each of the slot machines 10 executes slot games for a player and can participate in one of JP bonuses (progressive bonuses) linked among the slot machines 10. In the present embodiment, JP bonuses with three ranks “MEGA”, “MAJOR” and “MINI” are setup and a player at each of the slot machines 10 can participate in any of the JP bonuses. The JP bonuses “MEGA”, “MAJOR” and “MINI” are setup so that their winning probabilities and payout amounts due to a winning are differentiated from each other and they will be explained later in detail. Although an example is explained in the present embodiment, in which three JP bonus ranks “MEGA” “MAJOR” and “MINI” are setup, the present invention is not limited to the three ranks.
On winning a JP bonus at a slot machine 10, a payout will be provided according to the JP bonus in which the slot machine 10 participates. For example, when a JP bonus is won at the slot machine 10 participating in “MINI”, a payout amount of “MINI” 1,000 medals are paid out.
Therefore, it is possible for a player of each of the slot machines 10 to select any of the JP bonuses from among “MEGA”, “MAJOR” and “MINI” for a slot game execution.
The relay controller 4 connects with the terminal stations 2 via the network 3. The relay controller 4 transmits a part of wagers bet at each of the slot machines 10 to the host server 1 as a JP count value (progressive bonus count value) and receives data of a JP count total value stored in the host server 1 to display the count value on the count display 6. The relay controller 4 also displays a variety of data relating to game progress on the main display 5. For example, text strings “Now, “MAJOR” bonus is awarded at No. XX. Congratulations!!” are displayed as shown in FIG. 24 when any one of the slot machines 10 has won a “MAJOR” bonus.
FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing an external appearance of the slot machine 10 in the first embodiment according to the present invention. Hereinafter, a configuration of the slot machine 10 provided in each of the terminal stations 2 is explained with reference to FIG. 3.
As shown in FIG. 3, the slot machine 10 includes a cabinet 11, a top box 12 installed on a top of the cabinet 11 and a main door 13 provided on a front face of the cabinet 11. The cabinet 11 is has an LCD 16 on its surface facing a player. Various components including a controller 40 (see FIG. 4) for electrically controlling the slot machine 10, a hopper 44 (see FIG. 4) for controlling insertion, storage and payout of medals and so on are provided within the cabinet 11.
Although medals are adopted as gaming media used in a slot game execution in the present embodiment, the gaming media are not limited to the medals but to coins, tokens, electronic money or electronic value information (credit) equivalent thereto can be adopted.
The main door 13 is installed on the cabinet 11 so as to be able to open and close and the LCD 16 is provided at almost middle of the main door 13. A total of fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53 (see FIG. 21) are provided on the LCD 16 in three-row by five-column matrix and various symbols can be displayed in the segmented areas q11 to q53. Specifically, symbols displayed in the segmented areas q11 to q53 start successive switching-over concurrently after a slot game starting and then stop after a predetermined time period has elapsed. A payout is provided according to symbol combination achieved by the symbols in the segmented areas q11 to q53. For example, a payout is provided when a predetermined number of scatter symbols appear in the fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53.
As shown in FIG. 21, each two-digit suffix attached to the segmented areas “q” indicates “column” and “row”. For example, the segmented area in the first column and the first row is indicated by “q11” and the segmented area in the fifth column and the third row is indicated by “q53”.
A credit display area 49 for displaying a current credit and a payout display area 48 for displaying a payout amount are provided on a bottom left area of the LCD 16 as shown in FIG. 3.
A medal insertion slot 21 into which medals to be used for a slot game play are inserted and a bill validator 22 for validating bills and accepting legitimate bills are provided beneath the LCD 16. Various operation switches are provided near the medal insertion slot 21 and the bill validator 22.
A payout switch 23, a max-bet switch 24, a bet switch 25, a spin/repeat-bet switch 26 and a start switch 27 are provided as the operation switches.
The bet switch 25 is a switch to determine a credit amount to be bet on a slot game executed on the LCD 16. As will be described later, a credit(s) corresponding to one medal is bet each pressing of the bet switch 25.
The spin/repeat-bet switch 26 is a switch to bet credits for a slot game play without changing credit amount bet on the last game by the bet switch 25.
The start switch 27 is a switch to start a slot game after a desired credit amount is bet. A slot game is started on the LCD 16 when the start switch 27 is pressed after a medal insertion into the medal insertion slot 21 or a credit bet by way of the bet switch 25.
The payout switch 23 is a switch to eject a payout as medals corresponding to credits. The medals for the payout are ejected from a medal payout opening 19 opened beneath the front face of the main door 13. The paid out medals are stored on a medal tray 18.
The max-bet switch 24 is a switch to bet a maximum credit amount capable of being bet on a single slot game (for example, credits corresponding to thirty medals) by one operation.
A foot display 34 is provided at a lower part of the front face of the main door 13, on which various images relating to a slot game in the slot machine 10 are displayed. These images include a character in the slot machine 10 and soon, for example.
Lamps 47 are provided on both sides of the foot display 34 and they illuminate according to an illuminating pattern previously set for a slot game executed at the slot machine 10. The payout opening 19 from which medals for a payout are ejected and the medal tray 18 on which the paid out medals are stored are provided beneath the foot display 34.
Speakers 29 are provided on side faces of the top box 12 and an upper display 33 is provided on a front face of the top box 12. The upper display 33 includes an LCD panel and various images such as the character images of a slot game are displayed thereon.
A ticket printer 35, a card reader 36, a data display 37 and a keypad 38 are provided beneath the upper display 33.
The ticket printer 35 prints a bar code on a ticket and outputs the ticket as a bar-coded ticket 39, into which data such as a payout amount, date, and an ID number of the slot machine 10, are encoded. A player can use the bar-coded ticket 39 to play a game at another slot machine or can exchange with bills of each currency at a predetermined area in a gaming arcade (for example, a casher in a casino).
A smart cart can be inserted into the card reader 36 and the card reader 36 reads data from the inserted smart card and writes data to the smart card. The smart card is carried by a player and stores data to identify the player and data about a gaming history of the player. The smart card may store data equivalent to coins, bills or credits. In addition, a magnetic stripe card may be adopted instead of the smart card,.
The data display 37 is composed of a fluorescent display or the like and displays the data read by the card reader 36 and data input by a player via the keypad 38, for example.
The keypad 38 is used for instruction inputs and data inputs with respect to a ticket issuance or the like.
FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing electrical configuration of the controller 40 (terminal controller) and various devices connected to the controller 40 in the slot machine 10 in the present embodiment. The controller 40 in the slot machine 10 shown in FIG. 4 is a microcomputer and includes interface circuits 102, an I/O bus 104, a CPU 106, a ROM 108, a RAM 110, a signal communication interface circuit 111, a random number generator (RNG) 112, a speaker drive circuit 122, a hopper drive circuit 124, a display drive circuit 128 and a display controller 140.
The interface circuits 102 are connected to the I/O bus 104 and the I/O bus 104 transmits data signals or address signals with the CPU 106.
The start switch 27 is connected to the interface circuits 102. A start signal output from the start switch 27 is transmitted to the CPU 106 via the I/O bus 104 after having been converted into a predefined signal in the interface circuits 102.
Further, the bet switch 25, the max-bet switch 24, the spin/repeat-bet switch 26 and the payout switch 23 are connected to the interface circuits 102. Each switching signal output from each of the switches 25, 24, 26 and 23 is supplied to the interface circuits 102 and transmitted to the CPU 106 via the I/O bus 104 after having been converted into a predefined signal in the interface circuits 102.
In addition, a medal sensor 43 is connected to the interface circuits 102. The medal sensor 43 is a sensor to detect a medal(s) inserted into the medal insertion slot 21 and is provided at a medal insertion portion of the medal insertion slot 21. A detection signal output from the medal sensor 43 is supplied to the interface circuits 102 and transmitted to the CPU 106 via the I/O bus 104 after having been converted into a predefined signal in the interface circuits 102.
The hopper drive circuit 124 is connected to a hopper 44 and supplies medals to the hopper 44 based on a payout command signal transmitted from the CPU 106.
The speaker drive circuit 122 outputs sound data to the speakers 29 and outputs a predetermined sound from the speakers 29.
The display drive circuit 128 transmits display data such as a payout amount and a credit amount to display the display data in the payout display area 48 and the credit display area 49.
The display controller 140 outputs display data to be displayed on the LCD 16. Further, the display controller 140 inputs an operation signal from a touchscreen 16 a provided on a surface of the LCD 16. A selection screen for selecting one of the three JP bonus ranks “MEGA”, “MAJOR” and “MINI” is displayed on the LCD 16 before a slot game is started as described later (see FIG. 22). On a player touching the selection screen, the player's operation is detected by the touchscreen 16 a and thus the JP bonus selected by the player is confirmed.
The CPU 106 executes a slot game based on the operation signal from the switches 23, 24, 25, 26 and 27 and the detection signal from the medal sensor 43, which are connected to the interface circuits 102. In addition, the CPU 106 outputs a display command signal to the display controller 140 and controls to scroll and stop symbols in the segmented areas q11 to q53. The CPU 106 outputs a payout command signal to the hopper drive circuit 124 when a payout is to be provided. Further, the CPU 106 totally controls the slot machine 10 via the signal communication interface circuit 111. For example, the CPU 106 transmits a JP count value generated in the slot machine 10 to the host server 1.
The ROM 108 stores system programs for various control processes executed by the CPU 106.
The RAM 110 stores a variety of data used for the control execution by the CPU 106. In addition, the RAM 110 stores a payout table, in which payouts are defined according to symbol combinations to be stopped in the segmented areas q11 to q53 due to a slot game execution. FIG. 20 shows an example of a payout table. For example, it defines that twenty medals will be paid out for one bet when five “APPLE” symbols have appeared in the fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53 and that fifteen medals will be paid out for one bet and when four “APPLE” symbols have appeared.
Next, configuration of the host server 1 will be explained. FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the host server 1 and the host server 1 includes a signal communication I/F 53 for transmitting data with each of the terminal stations 2 via the network 3, a CPU 52 (server controller, main controller) that totally controls the host server 1, a ROM 54 that stores the system programs executed by the CPU 52, a RAM 55 that stores data temporarily, a timer 56 and a keyboard 57. Further, the host server 1 includes a counter 58 that counts a JP count value bet at the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2.
The CPU 52 executes various processes based on various signals output from the terminal stations 2 and data and programs stored in the ROM 54 and the RAM 55. The CPU 52 initiatively controls the relay controller 4 and the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2 by transmitting command signals to the terminal stations 2 based on the results of the processes.
Specifically, the CPU 52 receives a part of wagers bet at the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2 as JP count values and executes a process to count the JP count values by the counter 58. On winning a JP bonus at any of the slot machines 10, a payout command signal corresponding to the JP bonus is output.
In addition, the RAM 55 stores probability tables shown in FIG. 19. Specifically, three probability tables A1, A2 and A3 are set for “MEGA” in the RAM 55 and the probability table A1 is selected when the accumulated JP count value counted by the counter 58 does not reach “1,000,000”, the probability table A2 is selected when the accumulated JP count value is between “1,000,000” and “2,000,000” and the probability table A3 is selected when the accumulated JP count value exceeds “2,000,000”. Therefore, a winning probability of “MEGA” is set higher as the JP count value increases.
Similarly, three probability tables B1, B2 and B3 are set for “MAJOR” and, the probability table B1 is selected when the accumulated JP count value does not reach “500,000”, the probability table B2 is selected when the accumulated JP count value is between “500,000” and “1,000,000” and the probability table B3 is selected when the accumulated JP count value exceeds “1,000,000”. Therefore, a winning probability of “MAJOR” is set higher as the JP count value increases similarly to “MEGA”.
In addition, three probability tables C1, C2 and C3 are set for “MINI” and the probability table C1 is selected when the accumulated JP count value does not reach “100,000”, the probability table C2 is selected when the accumulated JP count value is between “100,000” and “200,000” and the probability table C3 is selected when the accumulated JP count value exceeds “200,000”. Therefore, a winning probability of “MINI” is set higher as the JP count value increases similarly to “MEGA” and “MAJOR”.
FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of the relay controller 4. As shown in FIG. 6, the relay controller 4 includes a CPU 91 that totally controls the relay controller 4, a signal communication I/F 92 that communicates with the host server 1 via the network 3, an I/F for terminal 93 that communicates with each of the slot machines 10, a ROM 94 that stores the system programs executed by the CPU 91 and a RAM 95.
The CPU 91 transmits some (e.g. 5%) of wagers bet at each of the slot machines 10 to the host server 1 as a JP count value. In addition, the CPU 91 displays the accumulated JP count value transmitted from the host server 1 on the count display 6 and notifies the accumulated JP count value to each player in the terminal stations 2. On winning a JP bonus at any of the slot machines 10, the CPU 91 displays its result on the main display 5 to notify the players in the terminal stations 2 that the JP bonus has been won (see FIG. 24).
Next, process procedures in the gaming system according to the first embodiment of the present invention are explained with reference to flowcharts shown in FIGS. 10 to 16. FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing process procedures in the host server 1.
In step S11, the CPU 52 reads the count value stored in the counter 58 (see FIG. 5). In this case, the count value stored in the counter 58 is the accumulated value of the JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 in the terminal stations 2.
In step S12, the CPU 52 sets the three JP bonus ranks “MEGA”, “MAJOR” and “MINI” as ranks of the JP bonuses. The “MEGA” is set so that its winning probability is made lower but its payout amount for a winning is made larger, the “MAJOR” is set so that its winning probability is made higher than the “MEGA” but its payout amount for a winning is smaller than the “MEGA” and the “MINI” is set so that its winning probability is made higher than the “MAJOR” but its payout amount for a winning is made smaller than the “MAJOR”.
Specifically, the “MEGA” will be won in each unit with the probability set in the probability table A1-A3 shown in FIG. 19 and 10,000 medals will be paid out on winning a “MEGA” JP bonus. The “MAJOR” will be won in each unit game with the probability set in the probability table B1-B3 shown in FIG. 19 and 5,000 medals will be paid out on winning a “MAJOR” JP bonus. The “MINI” will be won in each unit game with the probability set in the probability table C1-C3 shown in FIG. 19 and 1,000 medals will be paid out on winning a “MINI” JP bonus.
As described above, the three JP bonus ranks are prepared so that a player can select one of the JP bonus ranks according to the player's requirements. For example, a player, who wants to strive for getting a larger payout amount on winning a JP bonus with a large number of medals bet for each unit game (a so-called high roller), can participate in the “MEGA” JP bonus. On the other hand, a player, who wants to strive for getting a JP bonus with a higher probability and a smaller number of medals bet for each unit game, can participate in the “MINI” JP bonus.
The JP bonus ranks can be varied arbitrarily by an administrator operating the keyboard 57 (see FIG. 5). For example, probability tables of the JP bonus, payout amount of medals for a JP bonus award and so on can be varied arbitrarily.
In step S13, the CPU 52 increases the accumulated JP count value stored in the counter 58 based on the JP count value transmitted from each of the terminal stations 2. Consequently, the accumulated value of the JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 in the terminal stations 2 is stored in the counter 58.
In step S14, the CPU 52 sets a probability table, by which it is determined whether or not a JP bonus is to be awarded, based on the accumulated JP count value stored in the counter 58. Its details will be described later with reference to FIGS. 14 to 16.
In step S15, the CPU 52 transmits probability table data adopted in step S14 according to each rank of “MEGA”, “MAJOR” and “MINI” to the terminal stations 2 via the signal communication I/F 53 and the network 3. As a result, it is possible to set the probability table used for each of the JP bonus ranks at this time in each of the terminal stations 2.
In step S16, the CPU 52 determines whether or not to receive winning data of a JP bonus from each of the terminal stations 2. If the winning data of a JP bonus has not been received, its process flow returns to step S13.
On the other hand, if the winning data of a JP bonus has been received, the CPU 52 transmits, in step S17, a payout command signal for the JP bonus to a terminal station(s) 2 in which a slot machine(s) 10 has won the JP bonus. For example, when “MEGA” is won at a certain slot machine 10, the CPU 52 transmits the command signal for a 10,000-medal payout to the slot machine 10.
In step S18, the CPU 52 decreases the count value of the counter 58. In this process, the count value, 10,000 corresponding to the number of paid-out medals is subtracted. After that, its process flow returns to step S13. In this manner, the processes in the host server 1 are executed.
Next, the probability table setting processing in step S14 shown in FIG. 10 will be explained with reference to flowcharts shown in FIGS. 14 to 16 and the probability tables shown in FIG. 19. FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing processes to set the “MINI” probability table.
In step S111, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the accumulated JP count value counted by the counter 58 is under “100,000”. If under “100,000”, the CPU 52 adopts a probability table C1 in step S112.
In step S113, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP count value is “100,000” or more and under “200,000”. If “100,000” or more and under “200,000”, the CPU 52 adopts a probability table C2 in step S114.
In step S115, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP count value is “200,000” or more. If “200,000” or more, the CPU 52 adopts a probability table C3 in step S116.
As a result, the probability table is set so that a winning probability of “MINI” is made higher as the JP count value is larger.
FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing processes to set a “MAJOR” probability table. In step S131, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP count value counted by the counter 58 is under “500,000”. Then, if under “500,000”, the CPU 52 adopts a probability table B1 in step S132.
In step S133, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP count value is “500,000” or more and under “1,000,000”. If “500,000” or more and under “1,000,000”, the CPU 52 adopts a probability table B2 in step S134.
In step S135, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP count value is “1,000,000” or more. If “1,000,000” or more, the CPU 52 adopts a probability table B3 in step S136.
As a result, the probability table is set so that a winning probability of “MAJOR” is made higher as the JP count value is larger.
FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing processes to set a “MEGA” probability table. In step S151, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP count value counted by the counter 58 is under “1,000,000”. If under “1,000,000”, the CPU 52 adopts a probability table A1 in step S152.
In step S153, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP count value is “1,000,000” or more and under “2,000,000”. If “1,000,000” or more and under “2,000,000”, the CPU 52 adopts a probability table A2 in step S154.
In step S155, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP count value is “2,000,000” or more. If “2,000,000” or more, the CPU 52 adopts a probability table A3 in step S156.
As a result, the probability table is set so that a winning probability of “MEGA” is made higher as the JP count value is larger.
Next, processes in a slot machine 10 provided in each of the terminal stations 2 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 11.
In step S31, the CPU 106 executes a processing to accept a participation in a JP bonus. Its details of the process will be described later with reference to FIG. 13.
In step S32, the CPU 106 determines a JP bonus to participate in. In this process, judged is the JP bonus had been selected in step S31. Specifically, one of “MEGA”, “MAJOR” and “MINI” is determined as a JP bonus to participate in.
In step S33, the CPU 106 sets a probability table that defines a winning probability of the JP bonus to participate in. Used is the probability table had been determined in step S14 shown in FIG. 10. For example, when the JP bonus to participate in is “MEGA” and the count value of the counter 58 in FIG. 5 exceeds “2,000,000”, the probability table A3 shown in FIG. 9 is adopted as the probability table to be used by this slot machine.
In step S34, the CPU 106 starts to accept medal insertion. In this process, it accepts the medal insertion through the medal insertion slot 21 by a player and the medal sensor 43 detects the number of inserted medals when medals are inserted.
In step S35, the CPU 106 adds the credit amount corresponding to the number of inserted medals and then displays the credits amount after adding in the credit display area 49.
In step S36, the CPU 106 determines whether or not credits has been bet. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not to have received a signal output from the bet switch 25 on being pressed, a signal output from the max-bet switch 24 on being pressed or a signal output from the spin/repeat-bet switch 26 on being pressed. If it has been determined that credits have not been bet, its process flow returns to step S34.
On the other hand, when it has been determined in step S36 that credits has been bet, the CPU 106 advances its process flow to step S37 to subtract the credit amount had been bet. Consequently, the credit subtracted by the credit amount therefrom is displayed in the credit display area 49.
In step S38, the CPU 106 counts a preset percentage (e.g. 5%) of the credit bet as the JP count value and sends data about the count value to the host server 1 via the relay controller 4 and the network 3. When the host server 1 receives the JP count values set from the slot machines 10, the values are added to the counter 58 by the process in step S13 shown in FIG. 10.
In step S39, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the start switch 27 has been pressed. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not to have received a signal output from the start switch 27 on being pressed. In step S40, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a JP bonus is to be awarded when it is determined that the start switch 27 has been pressed.
In step S41, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a JP bonus is won. In step S42, if a JP bonus is won, the CPU 106 transmits the winning data of a JP bonus to the host server 1 via the relay controller 4 and the network 3.
In step S43, the CPU 106 executes a symbol scroll processing. In this scroll processing, executed is a process by which symbols displayed in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53 on the LCD 16 are successively switched over and then stopped after a preset time period has been elapsed to display new symbols in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53. If a winning symbol combination has appeared in the result of scrolling process, an award is provided. Details of the scroll processing will be explained later with reference to FIG. 12.
In step S44, the CPU 106 executes a payout process. In the payout process, the predetermined number of medals are paid out when symbols defined in the payout table as shown in FIG. 20 have been appeared. If it has been determined that the JP bonus is won in step S41, medals are paid out according to the JP bonus.
In this manner, a slot game (unit game) is executed repeatedly by repeating the processes of steps S34 to S44.
Next, the processing to accept a participation in a JP bonus in step S31 shown in FIG. 11 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 13.
In step S51, the CPU 106 displays icons for selection of JP bonus ranks. In this process, a “MEGA” icon 17 a, a “MAJOR” icon 17 b, a “MINI” icon 17 c and an “OK” icon 17 d are displayed on the LCD 16 for confirmation of a selected JP bonus is displayed as shown in FIG. 22. Then, the CPU 106 accepts an input of a player's selection of JP bonus. If a player touches a desired icon, the selected JP bonus is detected via the touchscreen 16 a.
In step S52, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the “MEGA” icon has been selected. If the “MEGA” icon has been selected, the CPU 106 adopts the “MEGA” as a JP bonus in step S53.
In step S54, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the “MAJOR” icon has been selected. If the “MAJOR” icon has been selected, the CPU 106 adopts the “MAJOR” as a JP bonus in step S55.
In step S56, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the “MINI” icon has been selected. If the “MINI” icon has been selected, the CPU 106 adopts the “MINI” as a JP bonus in step S57.
As a result, it is possible for a player to select a JP bonus rank at each of the slot machines 10 in the above processing.
Next, the symbol scroll processing in step S43 shown in FIG. 11 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 12.
In step S71, the CPU 106 scrolls symbols displayed in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53. In step S72, the CPU 106 stops symbols in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53.
In step S73, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a winning combination has been achieved based on the symbols appeared in the fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53.
In step S74, the CPU 106 provides a payout according to the achieved winning combination. For example, if five “BELL” symbols have appeared as shown in FIG. 23, a winning combination is achieved and a fifteen-medal payout is provided. In this manner, the symbol scroll processing is executed.
As described above, in the gaming machine according to the first embodiment of the present invention, a player at each of the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2 can play a slot game with selecting a JP bonus among three-ranked JP bonuses.
As a result, a player who wants to get a JP bonus to provide a larger payout can select “MEGA”. On the other hand, a player who wants to get a JP bonus with a higher winning probability can select “MINI”. Therefore, a player can select a JP bonus according to his/her preference.
In addition, a probability table to determine whether or not a JP bonus is to be awarded is varied according to the JP count value. Then, a probability table with a higher winning probability of a JP bonus is adopted as the JP count value is larger. As a result, successive JP bonus winnings at many slot machines 10 can be prevented in the case where the JP count value is small. On the other hand, a JP bonus will be won with a higher probability in the case where a JP bonus has hardly been won and the accumulated JP count value becomes large in order to provide awards to many players.
Next, a second embodiment of the present invention will be explained. FIG. 8 is a network connection diagram showing a configuration of the gaming system in the second embodiment. The terminal stations 2 a are connected via the network 3. The gaming system in the second embodiment is different from the gaming system in the first embodiment shown in FIG. 2 in that the host server 1 is not provided.
FIG. 7 is a configuration diagram of a terminal station 2 a installed in the gaming system in the second embodiment. In the gaming system in the second embodiment, the terminal station 2 a is different from the terminal station 2 in the above-mentioned first embodiment in that provided are one slot machine 10 a served as a main machine and plural slot machines 10 b served as slave machines. A JP bonus rank is preliminarily set in each of the main and slave slot machines 10 a and 10 b. For example, three machines are set exclusively for “MINI”, three machines exclusively for “MAJOR” and four machines exclusively for “MEGA” among the ten slot machines 10 a and 10 b. As a result, a player can select one with a JP bonus rank to participate in among the slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
Electrical configurations of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b will be explained hereinafter. Since each of the slave slot machines 10 b has the same configuration as shown in FIG. 4, its explanation will be omitted.
FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the main slot machine 10 a. As shown in FIG. 9, the main slot machine 10 a is different from the slot machine 10 shown in FIG. 4 in that a counter 129 is further included. The counter 129 counts the JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. Therefore, the accumulated JP count value will be stored in the counter 129. Then, the controller 40 shown in FIG. 9 executes processing similarly to the host server 1 shown in FIG. 5.
It may also be possible to configure so that one of the slot machines in all of the terminal stations 2 a is served as the main slot machine 10 a with the functions of the host server 1 in the first embodiment. Alternatively, it may also be possible to configure so that one main slot machine 10 a is provided in each of the terminal stations 2 a.
Processing procedures in the main slot machine 10 a will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 17.
In step S211, the CPU 106 reads the JP count value stored in the counter 129. In this case, the count value stored in the counter 129 is the accumulated JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
In step S212, the CPU 106 increases the accumulated JP count value stored in the counter 129 based on the JP count value transmitted from each of the slave slot machines 10 b and the JP count value made in the main slot machine 10 a itself.
In step S213, the CPU 106 sets a probability table, by which it is determined whether or not a JP bonus is to be awarded, based on the accumulated progressive count value stored in the counter 129. Since its details are the same as the processes shown in FIG. 14 to FIG. 16, explanations about them will be omitted. Here in the second embodiment, each probability table is stored in the RAM 110 of the main slot machine 10 a and transmitted to each of the slave slot machines 10 b each time when the probability table is to be adopted in each of the slave slot machines 10 b so as to be used after being downloaded. It may also be possible to configure so that each of the slave slot machines 10 b stores probability tables in the RAM 110 to determine whether or not a JP bonus is to be awarded by selecting an adequate probability table adopted by the above-mentioned processing.
Instep S214, the CPU 106 transmits probability table data adopted in step S213 according to each rank of “MEGA”, “MAJOR” and “MINI” to each of the slot machine 10 b via the signal communication interface circuit 111. As a result, it is possible to set the probability table used for each of the JP bonus ranks at this time in each of the slot machines 10 b.
In step S215, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a JP bonus is won at the slot machine 10 a and determines whether or not to receive winning data of a JP bonus from each of the slot machines 10 b. If a JP bonus has not been won at any of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b, its process flow returns to step S212.
On the other hand, if a JP bonus has been won, the CPU 106 transmits, in step S216, a payout command signal for the JP bonus to the slot machine(s) 10 a or 10 b which has got the JP bonus. For example, when “MEGA” has been won at a certain slot machine 10 b, the CPU 106 sends the command signal for providing a 1,000,000-medal payout to the slot machine 10 b.
In step S217, the CPU 106 decreases the count value of the counter 129. In this process, the count value, 1,000,000, corresponding to the number of paid-out medals is subtracted. After that, its process flow returns to step S212. In this manner, the processes in the main slot machine 10 a are executed.
Next, processes in each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b in the gaming system in the second embodiment of the present invention will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 18. With respect to the main slot machine 10 a, these processes are executed in addition to the above-mentioned processing shown in FIG. 17.
In step S231, the CPU 106 executes a process to accept a participation in a JP bonus. Since a JP bonus rank is preliminarily set at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b, the process in step S231 is a process to accept whether or not to participate in the JP bonus preliminarily set in the each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. For example, if “MEGA” is preliminarily set in a slot machine 10 b, whether or not to participate in “MEGA” is accepted.
In step S232, the CPU 106 sets a probability table that defines a winning probability of the JP bonus to participate in. A probability table is used, which corresponds to the JP bonus had been determined in step S213 shown in FIG. 17. For example, if the JP bonus to participate in is “MEGA” and the count value of the counter 129 shown in FIG. 9 is 2,000,000 or more, a probability table A3 shown in FIG. 19 is adopted as the probability table to be used by this slot machine.
In step S233, the CPU 106 starts to accept medal insertion. In this process, it accepts the medal insertion through the medal insertion slot 21 by a player and the medal sensor 43 detects the number of inserted medals when medals are inserted.
In step S234, the CPU 106 adds the credit amount corresponding to the number of inserted medals and then displays the credit amount in the credit display area 49 after adding.
In step S235, the CPU 106 determines whether or not credit has been bet. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not to have received a signal output from the bet switch 25 on being pressed, a signal output from the max-bet switch 24 on the max-bet switch 24 on being pressed or a signal output from the spin/repeat-bet switch 26 on being pressed. If it has been determined that credits have not been bet, its process flow returns to step S233.
On the other hand, if it has been determined in step S235 that credits has been bet, the CPU 106 advances its process flow to step S236 to subtract the credit amount had been bet. Consequently, the credit subtracted by the credit amount is displayed in the credit display area 49.
In step S237, the CPU 106 counts a preset percentage (e.g. 5%) of the credit bet as the JP count value and transmits data about the count value to the main slot machine 10 a. When the main slot machine 10 a receives the JP count values transmitted from the slave slot machines 10 b, the values are added to the counter 219 by the process in step S212 shown in FIG. 17. The JP count value made at the main slot machine 10 a itself is also added to the counter 129.
In step S238, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the start switch 27 has been pressed. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not to have received a signal output from the start switch 27 on being pressed. In step S239, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a JP bonus is to be awarded when it is determined that the start switch 27 has been pressed.
In step S240, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a JP bonus is won. In step S241, if a JP bonus is won, the CPU 106 transmits the data of a JP bonus winning to the main slot machine 10 a.
In step S242, the CPU 106 executes a symbol scroll processing. In this scroll processing, executed a process by which symbols displayed in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53 are successively switched over and then stopped after a preset time period has been elapsed to display new symbols in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53. If a winning symbol combination has appeared in the result of scrolling process, an award is provided. Since the scroll processing is the same as shown in FIG. 12, its explanation is omitted.
In step S243, the CPU 106 executes a payout process. In the payout process, provided is a payout corresponding to a winning due to an achievement of the winning symbol combination made by the symbols had been appeared in the segmented areas q11 to q53. As described above, the predetermined number of medals are paid out when symbols defined in the payout table have been appeared.
In this manner, a slot game (unit game) is executed repeatedly by repeating the processes of steps S233 to S243.
As described above, in the gaming system in the second embodiment of the present invention, one of the three JP bonus ranks is preliminarily set in the main slot machine 10 a and each of the slave slot machine 10 b belonging to each of the terminal stations 2 a. Therefore, a player can select a slot machine 10 a or 10 b in which a favorite JP bonus rank is preliminarily set.
Consequently, a player who wants to get a JP bonus to provide a larger payout can select the slot machine 10 a or 10 b in which “MEGA” is preliminarily set. On the other hand, a players who wants to get a JP bonus with a higher winning probability can select the slot machine 10 a or 10 b in which “MINI” is preliminarily set. As a result, a player can select a JP bonus according to his/her preference.
In addition, the probability table to determine whether or not a JP bonus is to be awarded is varied according to the accumulated JP count value. Then, a probability table with a higher winning probability of a JP bonus is adopted as the JP count value is larger. As a result, successive JP bonus winnings at many slot machines 10 a and 10 b can be prevented in the case where the JP count value is small. On the other hand, a JP bonus will be won with a higher probability in the case where a JP bonus has hardly been won and the accumulated JP count value becomes large in order to provide awards to many players.

3rd and 4th Embodiments

In these embodiments, step numbers shown in flow charts may be redundantly presented in other embodiments, but they are used independently from the other embodiments.
Now, a gaming (slot) system according to embodiments of the present invention and a controlling method thereof will be described with reference to FIG. 25A to FIG. 28.
FIG. 25A is a flowchart showing an outline of operations and a controlling method of a slot system according to third and fourth embodiments of the present invention. FIG. 25B is a flowchart showing an outline of operations and a controlling method of a slot system according to respective modified examples of the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention. FIG. 26 is an explanatory view showing a network configuration of the slot system according to the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention and the modified examples thereof. FIG. 27 is an explanatory view showing a configuration of a terminal station in the slot system according to the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention and the modified examples thereof. FIG. 28 is an explanatory view showing a display example on a main display in the slot system according to the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention and the modified examples thereof.
In the slot system according to the third and fourth embodiments and the modified examples thereof as shown in FIG. 26, multiple (three pieces in the drawing) terminal stations 2 are connected to one another through a network 3. In the slot system according to the third embodiment and the modified example thereof, a host server 1 is also connected to the network 3. Meanwhile, as shown in FIG. 27, each terminal station 2 includes multiple slot machines 10 (gaming machines), a relay controller 4, a main display 5, and a count display 6.
Each of the slot machines 10 is capable of executing a slot game (a unit game) operated by a player and participating in one or more of multiple links that are present at the same time. The slot machines 10 participating in each link share a JP bonus (a progressive bonus) with one another.
In this embodiment, links are set for three types of JP bonuses, namely, “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI.” Therefore, the player of each slot machine 10 can participate in any one of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI.”
The JP bonuses “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” are set to have different establishment probabilities and different payout (award) amounts at the time of establishment from one another. Details will be described later. Although this embodiment describes the example of using three ranks of the JP bonuses, namely, “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI,” the present invention is not limited only to the configuration that includes three types of the JP bonuses.
When a JP bonus is established in each slot machine 10, a payout (an award) corresponding to the JP bonus that this slot machine 10 participates in is provided. For example, when the JP bonus is established in the slot machine 10 participating in the “MINI,” 1000 medals, the payout amount of the “MINI,” are paid out. A player of each slot machine 10 can play slot games while participating in any JP bonus link of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI.”
The relay controller 4 is connected to the multiple terminal stations 2 through the network 3. The relay controller 4 transmits some of a bet (a bet amount) bet on each slot machine 10 to the host server 1 as a JP count value, receives data on a total JP count value stored in the host server 1, and displays this count value on the count display 6. Meanwhile, various data for the progress of the games are displayed on the main display 5. For example, if “MAJOR” is established in any of the slot machines 10, a character string stating “CONGRATULATIONS! A “MAJOR” BONUS IS ESTABLISHED RIGHT NOW ON MACHINE NO. XX!” is displayed as shown in FIG. 28, for example.
As shown in FIG. 25A, in the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention, first, every time when a slot game is executed by each slot machine 10, some of a bet (a bet amount) for the slot game is counted as a resource for the JP bonus (a progressive bonus value) (Step S1).
To be more precise, the player can bet a wager on a slot game by inserting medals or coins, which are cashable credits that can be converted into cash, into the slot machine 10. Alternatively, the player can also bet a wager by allocating a designated amount of restricted credits, which can be used as bets continuously before being cashed out, to the bet by means of the player's operation of the slot machine 10.
In the following description, a unit of the wager that can be bet by use of the cashable credits or the restricted credits described above will be referred to as a “credit.” For example, when one medal or coin is inserted into the slot machine 10 by the player as the wager, this action is equivalent to betting “one credit” to the wager. Meanwhile, when two restricted credits are allocated to the wager by the player's operation of the slot machine 10, this action is equivalent to betting “two credits” to the wager.
Next, a determination is made as to whether or not the JP bonus (any one of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI”) is established in the slot game executed by each slot machine 10 (Step S2). If the JP bonus is established (YES in Step S2), a determination is made as to whether or not time count for a predetermined time period is proceeding regarding the established type of JP bonus (Step S3). This predetermined time period may be set equal to a time period necessary for one slot game, for example.
If the time count for the predetermined time period is not proceeding (NO in Step S3) for the established type of JP bonus, the time count for the predetermined time period is started (Step S4). If the time count for the predetermined time period is proceeding (YES in Step S3) for the established type of JP bonus, a determination is made as to whether or not the time count is completed (Step S5). When the time count for the predetermined time period is completed (YES in Step S5), the processing goes to Step S6 to be described later.
In Step S6, detailed distribution (contents of distribution) for the established type of JP bonus is determined. Here, the detailed distribution of the type of JP bonus is determined for the following slot machines 10: the slot machine 10 executing a slot game in which the JP bonus triggering the start of the time count for the predetermined time period is established; and other slot machines 10 each executing a slot game in which the same type of JP bonus is established within the predetermined time period from the establishment of the above JP bonus.
The detailed distribution can be determined arbitrarily. For example, it is possible to allocate a half of the JP bonus to the slot machine 10 where the JP bonus is established in the first place and to allocate the other half proportionally to the other slot machines 10 where the same type of the JP bonus is established subsequently. Alternatively, it is also possible to allocate the JP bonus proportionally to all the slot machines 10 where the same type of the JP bonus is established irrespective of the temporal order of establishment of the JP bonus.
If there are no other slot machines 10 executing a slot game in which the same type of JP bonus is established before the time count for the predetermined time period is completed, the entire JP bonus may be allocated to the slot machine 10 executing a slot game in which the JP bonus is established in the first place.
Further, it is possible to cause a counter provided in the host server 1 to perform the counting of the JP bonus in Step S1 as in a slot system of the third embodiment to be described later, or to cause a counter provided in each slot machine 10 to perform the counting as in a slot system of the fourth embodiment to be described later. When the counter is provided in each of the slot machines 10, the counter of one of the slot machines 10 that is set as a host machine may be caused to count the resource for the JP bonus on behalf of all the slot machines 10.
Concerning the procedure from Step S2 to Step S6, it is also possible to cause the host server 1 to perform the procedure or to cause each slot machine 10 to perform the procedure similarly to the counting of the JP bonus in Step S1. When the counter is provided in each of the slot machines 10, the counter of one of the slot machines 10 that is set as the host machine may be caused to perform the procedure from Step S2 to Step S6 on behalf of all the slot machines 10.
In the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention, the above-described procedure from Step S1 to Step S6 is repeated each time the slog game is executed by each slot machine 10.
Next, as shown in FIG. 25B, in modified examples of the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention, every time a slot game is executed by each slot machine 10, some of a bet (a bet amount) for the slot game is counted as a resource for the JP bonus (a progressive bonus value) (Step S1).
Next, a determination is made as to whether or not the JP bonus (any one of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI”) is established in the slot game executed by each slot machine 10 (Step S2). If the JP bonus is not established (NO in Step S2), a determination is made as to whether or not a bonus game is in progress (Step S2A). If the bonus game is in progress (YES in Step S2A), the processing goes to Step S5B to be described later.
When the JP bonus is established in the slot game executed by each slot machine 10 (YES in Step S2), a determination is made as to whether or not time count is proceeding for a predetermined time period (Step S3). This predetermined time period may be set equal to the time period necessary for one slot game, for example.
If the time count is not proceeding for the predetermined time period (NO in Step S3) regarding the established type of the JP bonus (NO in Step S3), time count for the predetermined time period is started (Step S4) and then the processing goes to Step S5A to be described later. When time count is proceeding for the predetermined time period (YES in Step S3) regarding the established type of the JP bonus, a determination is made as to whether or not the time count is completed (Step S5).
If the time count for the predetermined time period is completed (YES in Step S5), the processing goes to Step S5B. If the time count for the predetermined time period is not completed (NO in Step S5), the processing goes to Step S5A.
Bonus games are started in Step S5A. Thereafter, the processing goes to Step S5B. In Step S5B, a determination is made as to whether or not all the started bonus games are completed. If not completed (NO in Step S5B), Step S5B will be repeated until all the bonus games are completed. When all the bonus games are completed (YES in Step S5B), detailed distribution for the type of JP bonus established in the respective slot machines 10 executing the bonus games is determined based on the order of completion of the bonus games (Step S6).
Here, the detailed distribution of the type of JP bonus is determined for the following slot machines 10 on the basis of the order of completion of the bonus games executed by the respective slot machines 10: the slot machine 10 executing a slot game in which the JP bonus triggering the start of the time count for the predetermined time period is established; and other slot machines 10 each executing a slot game in which the same type of JP bonus is established within the predetermined time period from the establishment of the above JP bonus.
The detailed distribution can be determined arbitrarily. For example, it is possible to allocate a half of the JP bonus to the slot machine 10 which completes the bonus games in the first place and to allocate the other half proportionally to the other slot machines 10 which complete the bonus games subsequently. Alternatively, it is also possible to allocate the entire JP bonus to the slot machine 10 which completes the bonus games before the other slog machines 10 complete the bonus games.
In the modified examples of the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention as well, the above-described procedure from Step S1 to Step S6 are repeated each time the slot game is executed by each slot machine 10.
According to the slot systems and the controlling methods of the third and fourth embodiments, when the JP bonuses are established one after the other in the multiple slot machines 10 of the terminal stations 2 connected through the network 3, the JP bonus is distributed to the slot machines 10 where the JP bonuses are established within the predetermined time period.
According to the slot systems and the controlling methods of the modified examples of the third and fourth embodiments, when the JP bonuses are established one after the other in the multiple slot machines 10 of the terminal stations 2 connected through the network 3, the JP bonus is distributed to the slot machines 10 where the JP bonuses are established within the predetermined time period on the basis of the order of completion of the bonus games to be executed by the slot machines 10.
For this reason, even when time required for recognition of establishment of the JP bonus varies among the slot machines 10 depending on positions or connection states of the slot machines 10 on the network 3, the JP bonus is distributed to the slot machines 10 in which the establishment of the JP bonus is recognized within the predetermined time period. In this way, variation is provided in the payout amount for the progressive bonus, and hence it is possible to offer the slot machine 10 having an excellent entertainment value and a controlling method thereof.
Next, the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention and the controlling method thereof will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 29 to FIG. 46. As described previously, the slot system according to the third embodiment includes the host server 1 shown in FIG. 26.
FIG. 29 is a perspective view of a slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 30 is an explanatory view of partitioned regions for displaying symbols on a liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 31 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a controller and connected devices provided in the slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 32 is an explanatory view showing an example of a payout table to be stored in a RAM of the controller provided in the slot machine in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 33 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the host server in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 34 is an explanatory view showing an example of a probability table to be stored in the RAM of the host server in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 35 is an explanatory view showing an electrical configuration of the relay controller in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
As shown in FIG. 29, the slot machine 10 includes a cabinet 11, a top box 12 provided on an upper side of the cabinet 11, and a main door 13 provided on a front face of the cabinet 11. The cabinet 11 is provided with a liquid crystal display 16 on a face opposed to a player. Meanwhile, disposed inside the cabinet 11 are various constituent members including a controller 40 (see FIG. 31) configured to electrically control the slot machine 10 and a hopper 44 (see FIG. 31) configured to control insertion, storage, and payouts of the medals.
In this embodiment, although medals are mentioned as an example of game media used for executing the games, the game media are not limited only to the medals. For example, it is also possible to use coins, tokens, electronic money, and electronic value information (credits) corresponding thereto.
The main door 13 is openably and closably fitted to the cabinet 11, and the liquid crystal display 16 is provided substantially in the center of this main door 13. As shown in FIG. 30, the liquid crystal display 16 is provided with fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q 53 in total defined in three rows by five columns, and various symbols are displayed in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53. Specifically, when a slot game is initiated, the symbols displayed in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53 start scroll display at the same time and are stopped simultaneously after passage of a predetermined time period. Then, a payout is provided based on a combination of the symbols stopped in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53. For example, a payout is provided when a predetermined number of scatter symbols are stopped in the fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q53.
Here, as shown in FIG. 30, a two-digit suffix attached to the partitioned region “q” indicates the “column” and the “row.” For example, the portioned region on the first column and the first row is indicated as “q11” while the partitioned region on the fifth column and the third row is indicated as “q53.”
Meanwhile, a credit display region 49 for displaying current credits and a payout amount display region 48 for displaying a payout amount are provided in a lower left region of the liquid crystal display 16.
A medal insertion slot 21 for allowing insertion of medals used for playing the games and a bill validator 22 configured to validate appropriate bills and to accept authentic bills are provided below the liquid crystal display 16. Moreover, various operation switches are provided near the medal insertion slot 21 and the bill validator 22.
A payout switch 23, a MAXBET switch 24, a BET switch 25, a spin repeat BET switch 26, and a start switch 27 are provided as the operation switches.
The BET switch 25 is a switch for determining the number of credits to be bet on the slot game executed on the liquid crystal display 16. As will be described later, a credit equivalent to one medal is bet every time the BET switch 25 is pressed.
The spin repeat BET switch 26 is a switch for executing the slot game by betting the credits again without changing the amount of credits bet in the previous game by use of the above-described BET switch 25.
The start switch 27 is a switch for starting the slot game after betting a desired amount of credits. The slot game is started on the liquid crystal display 16 when this start switch 27 is pressed after inserting the medals to the medal insertion slot 21 or betting the credits with the BET switch 25.
The payout switch 23 is a switch for paying out the credited medals. The medals to be paid out are discharged from a medal payout opening 19 provided at a lower part on the front face of the main door 13. The discharged medals are pooled in a medal tray 18.
The MAXBET switch 24 is a switch for betting the maximum amount of credits (e.g., credits corresponding to thirty medals) that the player can bet in one game session in a single operation.
A foot display 34 is provided on the lower part of the front face of the main door 13 and is configured to display various images related to the games on the slot machine 10. The images include characters of the slot machine 10, for example.
Lamps 47 are provided on both sides of the foot display 34 and are configured to emit light on the basis of a preset light emission pattern for the game executed by the slot machine 10. The medal payout opening 19 for discharging the payout medals and the medal tray 18 for storing the paid medals are provided below the foot display 34.
A speaker 29 is provided on a side face of the top box 12. Moreover, an upper display 33 is provided on a front face of the top box 12. The upper display 33 includes a display panel which displays various images such as character images that are related to the slot game.
A ticket printer 35, a card reader 36, a data display 37, and a keypad 38 are provided on a lower side of the upper display 33.
The ticket printer 35 is configured to print on a ticket a bar code encoding data including the amount of payouts, date and time, an identification number of the slot machine 10, and the like and to output the ticket as a bar coded ticket 39. A player is able to allow another slot machine to read the bar coded ticket 39 and to play games with that slot machine or to exchange the bar coded ticket 39 with bills in various currencies and the like at a predetermined location in a gaming facility (such as a cashier in a casino).
The card reader 36 allows insertion of a smart card and is configured to read data out of the inserted smart card and to write data into the smart card. The smart card is a card carried by the player, which stores data for identifying the player, data for a history of games played by the player, and so forth. The smart card may also be configured to store data for coins, bills or credits. Alternatively, it is possible to employ a magnetic stripe card instead of the smart card.
The data display 37 is made of a fluorescent display, for example, and is for displaying data read out by the card reader 36 or data inputted with the keypad 38 by the player. The keypad 38 is for inputting an instruction for ticket issuance and other data.
FIG. 31 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a controller 40 (a terminal controller) provided in the slot machine 10 of this embodiment and of various devices to be connected to this controller 40. The controller 40 of the slot machine 10 shown in FIG. 31 is a microcomputer which includes an interface circuit group 102, an input-output bus 104, a CPU 106, a ROM 108, a RAM 110, a communication interface circuit 111, a random number generator 112, a speaker driving circuit 122, a hopper driving circuit 124, a display driving circuit 128, and a display controller 140.
The interface circuit group 102 is connected to the input-output bus 104 and this input-output bus 104 inputs and outputs data signals and address signals to and from the CPU 106.
The start switch 27 is connected to the interface circuit group 102. A start signal outputted from this start switch 27 is converted into a given signal by the interface circuit group 102 and is then transmitted to the CPU 106 through the input-output bus 104.
Further, the BET switch 25, the MAXBET switch 24, the spin repeat BET switch 26, and the payout switch 23 are connected to the interface circuit group 102. Moreover, switching signals outputted from these switches 25, 24, 26, and 23 are respectively supplied to the interface circuit group 102, then converted into given signals by this interface circuit group 102, and then transmitted to the CPU 106 through the input-output bus 104.
In addition, a medal sensor 43 is connected to the interface circuit group 102. The medal sensor 43 is a sensor for detecting medals inserted to the medal insertion slot 21, and is provided at a medal insertion region of the medal insertion slot 21. A detection signal outputted from this medal sensor 43 is supplied to the interface circuit group 102, then converted into a given signal by this interface circuit group 102, and then transmitted to the CPU 106 through the input-output bus 104.
The hopper driving circuit 124 is connected to the hopper 44 and causes a payout of the medals to the hopper 44, the number of medals being based on a payout instruction signal transmitted from the CPU 106.
The speaker driving circuit 122 outputs sound data to the speaker 29 to output predetermined sounds from the speaker 29.
The display driving circuit 128 transmits display data of the number of payout and the number of credits so as to display the display data on the payout display region 48 and the credit display region 49, respectively.
The display controller 140 outputs display data to be displayed on the liquid crystal display 16. Further, the display controller 140 inputs an operation signal by use of a touch panel 16 a provided on a surface of the liquid crystal display 16. As will be described later, a selection screen for selecting one of the three types of JP bonuses “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” is displayed on the liquid crystal display 16 before staring the slot game. When the player touches this selection screen, the touch panel 16 a detects the player's operation and recognizes the JP bonus selected by the player.
The CPU 106 executes the slot game on the basis of operation signals from the switches 23, 24, 25, 26, and 27 connected to the interface circuit group 102 and on the basis of a detection signal from the medal sensor 43. Moreover, the CPU 106 outputs a display instruction signal to the display controller 140 to control scroll display and stop display of the symbols in each of the partitioned regions q11 to q53. When providing a payout, the CPU 106 outputs the payout instruction signal to the hopper driving circuit 124. Further, the CPU 106 controls the entire slot machine 10 generally by transmitting the JP count value generated at the slot machine 10 to the host server 1 through the communication interface circuit 111, for example.
The ROM 108 stores system programs for various control processings to be executed by the CPU 106. The RAM 110 stores various data to be used for execution of control by the CPU 106. Meanwhile, the RAM 110 stores a payout table that defines payouts based on combinations of the symbols stopped in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53 as a result of executing the slot game.
FIG. 32 is a view showing an example of the payout table which defines a payout of 20 medals for one bet when five “APPLE” symbols are stopped in the fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q53, a payout of 15 medals for one bet when four “APPLE” medals are stopped in the fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q53, and so forth.
Next, a configuration of the host server 1 is described. FIG. 33 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the host server 1. The host server 1 includes a communication interface (I/F) 53 configured to transmit and receive data to and from each terminal station 2 through the network 3, a CPU 52 configured to control the entire host server 1, a ROM 54 configured to store system programs executed by the CPU 52, a RAM 55 configured to store data temporarily, a timer 56, and a keyboard 57. Moreover, the host server 1 includes a counter 58 configured to count the JP count values bet on the slot machines 10 in each terminal station 2.
The CPU 52 performs various processings on the basis of various signals outputted from the respective terminal stations 2 and on the basis of the data and programs stored in the ROM 54 and the RAM 55, and transmits instruction signals to the respective terminal stations 2 on the basis of results of the processes. Accordingly, the CPU 52 proactively controls the relay controllers 4 and the slot machines 10 in the respective terminal stations 2.
To be more precise, the CPU 52 receives some of the wagers bet on the slot machines 10 of the respective terminals stations 2 as the JP count values and performs a processing to count these JP count values with the counter 58. Meanwhile, if a JP bonus is established in any of the slot machines 10, the CPU 52 outputs a payout instruction signal for a payout corresponding to this JP bonus.
Meanwhile, the RAM 55 stores a probability table shown in FIG. 34. Specifically, individual probability tables are set for “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI,” respectively. Here, the probability of establishment of the “MAJOR” is set higher than the probability of establishment of the “MEGA” while the probability of establishment of “MINI” is set higher than the probability of establishment of “MAJOR.” Accordingly, concerning the payout amounts, the payout amount of “MAJOR” is set higher than the payout amount of “MINI” while the payout amount of “MEGA” is set higher than the payout amount of “MAJOR.”
To be more precise, “MEGA” has the probability of establishment equal to 0.03% for each unit game. When the JP bonus for “MEGA” is established, a payout equivalent to 10,000 medals is provided. Meanwhile, “MAJOR” has the probability of establishment equal to 0.1% for each unit game. When the JP bonus for “MAJOR” is established, a payout equivalent to 5,000 medals is provided. Meanwhile, “MINI” has the probability of establishment equal to 0.2% for each unit game. When the JP bonus for “MINI” is established, a payout equivalent to 1,000 medals is provided.
Therefore, three types of the JP bonuses are set so as to allow the player to select his or her favorite rank of the JP bonus. For example, a player who makes a bet of more medals for each unit game and wishes a higher payout at the time of establishment of the JP bonus (so-called a high roller) participates in the “MEGA” JP bonus, and a player who makes a bet of less medals for each unit game and wishes the higher probability of the JP bonus participates in the “MINI” JP bonus.
The rank of the JP bonuses can be changed as needed by an administrator by operating the keyboard 57 of the host server 1. For example, the administrator can change the probability table of the JP bonuses or the numbers of payouts of medals at the time of establishment of the JP bonuses.
FIG. 35 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of the relay controller 4. As shown in FIG. 35, the relay controller 4 includes a CPU 91 configured to generally control the entire relay controller 4, a communication I/F 92 configured to communicate with the host server 1 through the network 3, terminal I/Fs 93 configured to communicate with the respective slot machines 10, a ROM 94 configured to store system programs to be executed by the CPU 91, and a RAM 95.
The CPU 91 transmits some of (such as 5% of) the wager bet on each of the slot machines 10 to the host server 1 as the JP count value. Meanwhile, the CPU 91 displays a total JP count value transmitted from the host server 1 on a count display 6 and thereby notifies the total JP count value to the players of the respective slot machines 10 in the terminal stations 2. Meanwhile, when the JP bonus is established on any of the slot machines 10, the CPU 91 displays this on a main display 5 and notifies the establishment of the JP bonus to the players of the respective slot machines 10 in the terminal stations 2.
Next, a processing procedure of the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to flowcharts shown in FIG. 36 to FIG. 39. FIG. 36 is the flowchart showing a processing procedure of the host server 1.
In Step S11, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the data on the JP count values are received from the respective terminal stations 2. When the data on the JP count values are not received (NO in Step S11), the processing goes to Step S13. When the data on the JP count values are received (YES in Step S11), the total JP count value stored in the counter 58 is counted up based on the received JP count values (Step S12). Therefore, the counter 58 stores an aggregate value of the JP count values bet on the respective slot machines 10 in the multiple terminal stations 2.
In Step S13, the CPU 52 determines whether or not JP bonus establishment data on any one of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” are received. When the JP bonus establishment data are not received (NO in Step S13), the processing goes to Step S13A.
In Step S13A, the CPU 52 determines whether or not a flag F1 in a bonus establishment flag area of the RAM 55 is equal to “1,” the flag F1 corresponding to any of the JP bonuses of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” whose establishment data are not received.
When the bonus establishment flag F1 is not equal to “1” (NO in Step S13A), the processing returns to Step S11. Meanwhile, when the bonus establishment flag F1 is equal to “1” in the processing in Step S13A (YES in Step S13A), the CPU 52 determines whether or not time count for a predetermined time period in a timer area of the RAM 55 is completed (Step S18).
On the other hand, when the JP bonus establishment data are received (YES in Step S13), the CPU 52 determines, in the processing in Step S14, whether or not the flag F1 in the bonus establishment flag area of the RAM 55 is equal to “1,” the flag F1 corresponding to any of the JP bonuses of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” whose establishment data are received.
If the bonus establishment flag F1 is not equal to “1” (NO in Step S14), the CPU 52 sets the bonus establishment flag F1 corresponding to one JP bonus out of the three types of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” whose establishment data are received in Step S13 equal to “1” (Step S15).
Further, concerning the slot machine 10 where one of the JP bonuses is established out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” indicated by the JP bonus establishment data received from the terminal station 2, the CPU 52 stores information that this slot machine 10 is the first one where the JP bonus has been established, in a establishment order storage area in the RAM 55 corresponding to the JP bonus type (Step S16). Thereafter, the CPU 52 starts time count for the predetermined time period in the timer area provided in the RAM 55 (Step S17), and then the processing goes to Step S11.
Here, this predetermined time period may be set equal to the time period necessary for one slot game, for example. This predetermined time period may be stored in the ROM 54 as part of a program or stored in the RAM 55 as rewritable variable data.
When the bonus establishment flag F1 is equal to “1” in the processing in Step S14 (YES), the CPU 52 determines whether or not time count for the predetermined time period in the timer area of the RAM 55 is completed (Step S18).
When time count for the predetermined time period is not completed (NO in Step S18), concerning the slot machine 10 where one of the JP bonuses is established out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” indicated in the JP bonus establishment data received from the terminal station 2, the CPU 52 stores information that the order of establishment of the JP bonus in this slot machine 10 is the order where one is added to the latest order stored in the establishment order storage area in the RAM 55 corresponding to the JP bonus type (Step S19). Thereafter, the CPU 52 moves the processing to Step S11.
On the other hand, when time count for the predetermined time period is completed in Step S18 (YES), the CPU 52 sets to “0” the bonus establishment flag of the RAM 55 for the corresponding JP bonus (Step S20). Then, the CPU 52 determines the detailed distribution of the established type of the JP bonus depending on the order of establishment of the JP bonus stored in the establishment order storage area of the RAM 55 for the corresponding JP bonus (Step S21).
Moreover, the CPU 52 transmits payout instruction data for the JP bonus to the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine 10 subject to distribution of the JP bonus is located (Step S22). For example, when “MEGA” is established in a certain slot machine 10 and then “MEGA” is additionally established in two more slot machines 10 within the predetermined time period starting from the time point of the first establishment, the CPU 52 transmits the instruction data for causing the proportional payouts of 10,000 medals respectively to the terminal stations 2 in which those three slot machines 10 are located.
The detailed distribution of the JP bonus can be arbitrarily determined. For example, it is possible to allocate a half of the JP bonus to the slot machine 10 where the JP bonus is established in the first place and to allocate the other half proportionally to the other slot machines 10 where the same type of the JP bonus is established subsequently. Alternatively, it is also possible to allocate the JP bonus proportionally to all the slot machines 10 where the same type of the JP bonus is established irrespective of the temporal order of the JP bonus establishment.
If there are no other slot machines 10 where the same type of JP bonus is established before the time count for the predetermined time period is completed, then it is also possible to allocate the entire JP bonus to the slot machine 10 where the JP bonus is established in the first place.
Next, the CPU 52 subtracts the count value in the counter 58 (Step S23). In this processing, the count value 10,000 equivalent to the number of medals paid out is subtracted. Thereafter, the processing returns to Step S11. In this way, the processing by the host server 1 is executed.
Next, a processing procedure of the slot machine 10 provided in each of the terminal stations 2 will be described with reference to flowcharts in FIG. 37 to FIG. 39.
First, as shown in FIG. 37, the CPU 106 executes a JP bonus participation acceptance processing in Step S31. Details of this processing will be described later with reference to FIG. 38.
In Step S32, the CPU 106 determines the JP bonus to be participated in. In this process, the JP bonus accepted for participation in the processing of Step S31 is determined as the JP bonus to be participated in. Specifically, any one of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” is determined as the JP bonus subject to participation.
In Step S33, the CPU 106 starts acceptance of medal insertion. In this processing, the CPU 106 accepts insertion of medals from each medal insertion slot 21 by each player. When medals are inserted, each medal sensor 43 detects the number of inserted medals.
In Step S34, the CPU 106 adds the credits for the number of medals inserted and then displays the number of credits after the addition in a credit display area 49.
In Step S35, the CPU 106 determines whether or not credits are bet. In this processing, the CPU 106 determines whether or not any of the following signal is received: a signal to be outputted from the BET switch 25 when pressing the BET switch 25, a signal to be outputted from the MAXBET switch 24 when pressing the MAXBET switch 24, and a signal to be outputted from the spin repeat BET switch 26 when pressing the spin repeat BET switch 26. When a determination is made that no credits are bet, the processing returns to Step S33.
On the contrary, when a determination is made in Step S35 that credits are bet, the CPU 106 goes to Step S36 and subtracts the number of bet credits. In this way, the number of credits after subtraction of the bet credits is displayed in the credit display area 49.
In Step S37, the CPU 106 defines a predetermined proportion (such as 5%) of the bet credits as the JP count value and transmits the data of this count value to the host server 1 through the relay controller 4 and the network 3. When the JP count value transmitted from the slot machine 10 is received by the host server 1, the value is counted by the counter 58 in the processing in Step S11 of FIG. 36.
In Step S38, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the start switch 27 is pressed. In this processing, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a signal to be outputted from the start switch 27 when pressing the start switch 27 is received. When a determination is made that the start switch 27 is pressed, the CPU 106 determines whether the JP bonus is established or not established in Step S39.
In Step S40, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the JP bonus is established. When the JP bonus is established, the CPU 106 transmits the JP bonus establishment data to the host server 1 through the relay controller 4 and the network 3 in Step S41.
In Step S42, the CPU 106 executes a game display processing. In this game display processing, the CPU 106 executes a processing of scrolling the symbols displayed in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53 on the liquid crystal display 16 and then stopping the symbols after a lapse of a predetermined time period to display new symbols in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53. An award is granted when the symbols that establish a winning combination are stopped as a result of the game display processing. Details of this game display processing for granting the award will be described later with reference to FIG. 39.
In Step S43, the CPU 106 executes a payout processing. In the payout processing, a payout of the medals in the predetermined number is provided when any of the combinations of the symbols set in the payout table shown in FIG. 32 is displayed. Meanwhile, when the JP bonus is established in the processing in Step S40, the medals will be paid out as the JP bonus.
The number of medals to be provided as the payout for the JP bonus corresponds to the payout of the JP bonus determined by the host server 1. The payout of the JP bonus is notified through the terminal station 2 in the form of the payout instruction data for the JP bonus, which is transmitted from the CPU 52 of the host server 1 to the terminal station 2 in Step S22 of FIG. 36. Accordingly, the payout processing in Step S43 includes a processing of receiving the payout instruction data for the JP bonus from the terminal station 2 when the instruction data to the applicable slot machine 10 are received by the terminal station 2.
In this way, the slot games (the unit games) will be repeatedly executed by reiterating the processings from Steps S31 to S43.
Next, the JP bonus participation acceptance processing shown in Step S31 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. 38.
In Step S51, the CPU 106 displays icons for selecting the respective ranks of the JP bonuses. In this process, as shown in FIG. 40, respective icons for “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” are displayed on the liquid crystal display 16, and a selective input of the JP bonus by the player is accepted. When the player touches an icon, the selected JP bonus is detected by the touch panel 16 a.
In Step S52, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the icon for “MEGA” is selected. When the icon for “MEGA” is selected, the CPU 106 sets “MEGA” as the JP bonus in Step S53.
In Step S54, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the icon for “MAJOR” is selected. When the icon for “MAJOR” is selected, the CPU 106 sets “MAJOR” as the JP bonus in Step S55.
In Step S56, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the icon for “MINI” is selected. When the icon for “MINI” is selected, the CPU 106 sets “MINI” as the JP bonus in Step S57.
By performing the above-described processings, the player playing with each of slot machines 10 can select the desired rank of the JP bonus.
Next, the game display processing shown in Step S42 of FIG. 37 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. 39.
In Step S71, the CPU 106 scrolls the symbols displayed in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53. Thereafter, in Step S72, the CPU 106 stops the symbols in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53.
In Step S73, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a winning combination is established, on the basis of the symbols stopped in the fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q53.
In Step S74, the CPU 106 generates an award corresponding to the established winning combination. For example, when five “BELL” symbols are stopped as shown in FIG. 41, the winning combination is established and a payout equivalent to fifteen medals is provided. In this way, the game display processing is executed.
As described above, in the slot system according to the third embodiment of the present invention, when, in a certain slot machine 10, any of the JP bonuses is established out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI,” the payout for the established type of the JP bonus is provided, depending on the order of establishment of the JP bonus, to the slot machine 10 as well as to other slot machines 10 where the same type of the JP bonus is established within the predetermined time period from the time point of establishment of the JP bonus.
For this reason, even when time required for the host server 1 to recognize establishment of the JP bonus varies among the slot machines 10 depending on positions or connection states of the slot machines 10 on the network 3, the JP bonus is distributed to all the slot machines 10 in which the establishment of the JP bonus is recognized within the predetermined time period by the host server 1. In this way, variation is provided in the payout amount for the progressive bonus, and hence it is possible to offer the slot machine 10 having an excellent entertainment value and a controlling method thereof.
In the above-described slot system according to the third embodiment, when, in the certain slot machine 10, any of the JP bonuses is established out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” and the same type of the JP bonus is established by other slot machines within the predetermined time period (such as the predetermined time period equivalent to a single slot game), the payout for the established type of the JP bonus respectively is provided to the slot machines 10 depending on the order of establishment of the JP bonus.
Instead, when the JP bonus is established in a certain slot machine 10, it is also possible to cause the slot machine 10 and the other slot machines 10 where the JP bonus is established within the predetermined time period after the establishment of the JP bonus in the certain slot machine 10 to execute bonus games after establishment of the JP bonus, and to determine the distribution of the JP bonus to the respective slot machines 10 depending on the order of completion of the bonus games.
Now, a slot system according to a modified example of the third embodiment of the present invention configured to determine the distribution of the JP bonus depending on the order of completion of the bonus games at the time of establishment of the JP bonus will be described below. FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of the host server in the slot system according to the modified example of the third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of the slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the third embodiment of the present invention.
In this modified example, when the CPU 52 of the host server 1 does not receive (NO) any JP bonus establishment data for “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” from the terminal stations 2 in Step S13 in the processing of FIG. 36 to be executed by the CPU 52 of the host server 1 in the slot system of the third embodiment, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP bonus establishment flag F1 of the RAM 55 is equal to “1” as shown in FIG. 42 (Step S13A).
The CPU 52 moves to the processing in Step S11 when the bonus establishment flag F1 is not equal to “1” (NO in Step S13A) Meanwhile, the processing goes to Step S19B to be described later when the bonus establishment flag F1 is equal to “1” (YES in Step S13A).
In this modified example, either when the flag F1 in the bonus establishment flag area of the RAM 55 is set to “1” in Step S15 in the processing of FIG. 36 to be executed by the CPU 52 of the host server 1 in the slot system of the third embodiment or when the determination is made that time count for the predetermined time period in the timer area of the RAM 55 is completed (YES) in Step S18, the CPU 52 of the host server 1 transmits bonus game start instruction data to the terminal station 2 which is the sender of the JP bonus establishment data received in Step S13 (Step S16A, Step S19A) instead of storing the order of establishment of the JP bonus in the RAM 55 (Step S16, Step S19).
Moreover, in this modified example, in Step S19B to take place when the bonus establishment flag F1 is equal to “1” (YES) in Step S13A, the CPU 52 determines whether or not all the bonus games started in the slot machines 10 in which the JP bonus is established are completed. This determination may be conducted by determining whether or not bonus game completion instruction data outputted after completion of the bonus games are received from the slot machines 10 where the JP bonus is established.
If any part of the bonus games are not completed (NO in Step S19B), the CPU 52 moves to the processing in Step S11. When all the bonus games are completed (YES in Step S19B), the CPU 52 sets to “0” the bonus establishment flag of the RAM 55 for the corresponding type of the JP bonus (Step S20), and then determines the detailed distribution of JP bonus of the type established in the respective slot machines 10 which execute the bonus games, depending on the order of completion of the bonus games (Step S21A).
The contents of the processings of FIG. 42 to be executed by the CPU 52 of the host server 1 in this modified example are the same as the contents of the processings of FIG. 36 to be executed by the CPU 52 of the host server 1 in the slot system of the third embodiment except the portions described above.
In this modified example, when the winning combination is not established in Step S73 in the processing of FIG. 39 to be executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 in the slot system of the third embodiment, the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 determines whether or not a JP bonus trigger is established based on the symbols stopped in the fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q53 as shown in FIG. 43 (Step S75).
The game display processing is terminated when the JP bonus trigger is not established (NO in Step S75). When the JP bonus trigger is established (YES in Step S75), a determination is made as to whether or not the bonus game start instruction data transmitted from the home server 1 to the relevant slot machine 10 is received from the terminal station 2 (Step S76).
When the bonus game start instruction data are not received (NO in Step S76), Step S76 is repeated until the data are received. When the data are received (YES in Step S76), the bonus game is started (Step S77). The bonus game is displayed on the liquid crystal display 16 of the slot machine 10. The bonus game is a game called “Big or Small” for guessing whether a card 17C placed with its face down as shown in FIG. 44 has a number above (Big) or below (Small) “7.”
When the player guesses that the card 17C is above “7” (Big), the player touches a “Big” button 17A displayed on the liquid crystal display 16. On the contrary, when the player guesses that the card 17C is below “7” (Small), the player touches a “Small” button 17B displayed on the liquid crystal display 16. The touch operations on these buttons 17A and 17B are detected by the touch panel 16 a. The card 17C with its face down is disclosed thereafter. When the disclosed card 17C matches the guess by the player, the player wins (WIN) as shown in FIG. 45. If the disclosed card 17C does not match the guess, the player loses (LOSE) as shown in FIG. 46. The bonus games are completed when the player wins three games.
When the bonus games started in Step S77 are completed by three winnings in the “Big or Small” games by the player (YES in Step S78), the CPU 106 transmits the bonus game completion instruction data to the terminal station 2 (Step S79). Thus the game display processing is terminated.
In this way, in the slot system according to the modified example of the third embodiment of the present invention, when, in a certain slot machine 10, any of the JP bonuses is established out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI,” the bonus games are started with that slot machine 10. Meanwhile, when the same type of the JP bonus is established by other slot machines 10 within the predetermined time period from the point of establishment of the JP bonus 10 on the first slot machine 10, the bonus games are also started with the other slot machines 10. Then, the payout for the established type of the JP bonus are distributed to all the slot machines 10 that started the bonus games, depending on the order of completion of the bonus games.
For this reason, even when time required for recognition of establishment of the JP bonus varies among the slot machines 10 depending on positions or connection states of the slot machines 10 on the network 3, the JP bonus is distributed to all the slot machines 10 in which the establishment of the JP bonus is recognized within the predetermined time period by the host server 1. In this way, variation is provided in the payout amount for the progressive bonus, and hence it is possible to offer the slot machine 10 having an excellent entertainment value and a controlling method thereof.
Moreover, the distribution of the JP bonus is determined based on the order of completion of the bonus games in the respective slot machines 10 in which the JP bonus is established. Accordingly, even when establishment of the JP bonus takes place later than other slot machines 10, it is still possible to change (increase) the distribution of the JP bonus by completing the bonus games earlier. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the entertainment value as the slot system by allowing the player to exert his skill to change the distribution of the JP bonus.
Next, a slot system according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention and a controlling method thereof will be described. As described previously, the host server 1 shown in FIG. 26 is omitted in the slot system according to the fourth embodiment. Therefore, the slot system according to the fourth embodiment has a configuration as shown in FIG. 47.
Moreover, in the slot system according to the fourth embodiment, one of the slot machines 10 in any of the terminal stations 2 is provided with the functions of the host server 1. For this reason, in contrast to the configuration of the slot machine 10 in the slot system of the third embodiment shown in FIG. 31, a counter 129 is added to the slot machine 10 in the slot system according to the fourth embodiment as shown in FIG. 48. Moreover, in order to provide the slot machine 10 with the functions of the host server 1, the probability table for each of the “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” bonuses as shown in FIG. 34 is set in a RAM 110 of the slot machine 10 in the slot system according to the fourth embodiment.
In the above-described slot system according to the fourth embodiment, the CPU 106 in each of the slot machine 10 executes the processings in accordance with the procedures respectively shown in the flowcharts in FIG. 37 to FIG. 39. Moreover, in the slot system according to the fourth embodiment, one of the slot machines 10 that starts the slot game in the first place is set as a host machine while the rest of the slot machines 10 are set as client machines. If the player of the slot machine 10 set as the host machine terminates the games in this slot machine 10 by operating the payout switch 23 to discharge the medals, for example, another slot machine 10 which is the second earliest to start the slot games changes its status from the client machine to the host machine.
The slot machine 10 set as the host machine is provided with the functions as the host server 1 in the slot system according to the third embodiment. Therefore, the slot machine 10 set as the host machine further executes a processing in accordance with a procedure shown in a flowchart of FIG. 49.
As shown in FIG. 49, the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 set as the host machine determines in Step S111 as to whether or not the data on the JP count values are respectively received from the terminal stations 2. When the data on the JP count values are not received (NO in Step S111), the processing goes to Step S113. When the data on the JP count values are received (YES in Step S111), the total JP count value stored in the counter 129 is counted up based on the received JP count values (Step S112). Therefore, the counter 129 stores the aggregate value of the JP count values bet on the respective slot machines 10 (including the slot machine 10 functioning as the host machine) in the multiple terminal stations 2.
In Step S113, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the JP bonus establishment data on any one of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” are received from each of the terminal stations 2. The JP bonus establishment data received in this processing also include the JP bonus establishment data established by the slot machine 10 functioning as the host machine. When the JP bonus establishment data are not received (NO in Step S113), the processing returns to Step S111.
On the other hand, when the JP bonus establishment data are received (YES in Step S113), the CPU 106 determines in the processing in Step S114 as to whether or not the flag F1 is set to “1,” the flag F1 being in the bonus establishment flag area of the RAM 110 and corresponding to any one of the JP bonuses out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” represented by the received establishment data.
If the bonus establishment flag F1 is not “1” (NO in Step S114), the CPU 106 sets to “1” the flag F1 corresponding to any one of the JP bonuses out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” represented by the establishment data received in Step S113 (Step S115).
Further, concerning the slot machine 10 where one of the JP bonuses is established out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” indicated in the JP bonus establishment data received from the terminal station 2, the CPU 106 stores information that this slot machine 10 is the first one where the JP bonus has been established in the establishment order storage area in the RAM 55 corresponding to the JP bonus type (Step S116). Thereafter, the CPU 106 starts time count for the predetermined time period in the timer area provided in the RAM 110 (Step S117), and then the processing goes to Step S111.
Here, this predetermined time period may be set equal to the time period necessary for one slot game, for example. This predetermined time period may be stored in the ROM 108 as part of a program or stored in the RAM 110 as rewritable variable data.
When the bonus establishment flag F1 is equal to “1” in the processing in Step S114 (YES), the CPU 106 determines whether or not time count for the predetermined time period in the timer area of the RAM 110 is completed (Step S118).
When time count for the predetermined time period is not completed (NO in Step S118), concerning the slot machine 10 where one of the JP bonuses is established out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” indicated in the JP bonus establishment data received from the terminal station 2, the CPU 106 stores information that the order of establishment of the JP bonus in this slot machine 10 is the order where one is added to the latest order stored in the establishment order storage area in the RAM 110 corresponding to the JP bonus type (Step S119). Thereafter, the CPU 106 moves to the processing in Step S111.
On the other hand, when time count for the predetermined time period is completed in Step S118 (YES), the CPU 106 sets to “0” the bonus establishment flag of the RAM 110 for the relevant type of the JP bonus (Step S120). Then, the CPU 106 determines the detailed distribution of the established type of the JP bonus depending on the order of establishment of the JP bonus stored in the establishment order storage area of the RAM 110 for the corresponding JP bonus (Step S121).
Moreover, the CPU 106 transmits the payout instruction data for the JP bonus to the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine 10 subject to distribution of the JP bonus is located (Step S122). For example, when “MEGA” is established in a certain slot machine 10 and then “MEGA” is additionally established in two more slot machines 10 within the predetermined time period starting from the time point of the first establishment, the CPU 106 transmits the instruction data for causing the proportional payouts of 10,000 medals respectively to the terminal stations 2 in which those three slot machines 10 are located.
The detailed distribution of the JP bonus can be arbitrarily determined. For example, it is possible to allocate a half of the JP bonus to the slot machine 10 where the JP bonus is established in the first place and to allocate the other half proportionally to the other slot machines 10 where the same type of the JP bonus is established subsequently. Alternatively, it is also possible to allocate the JP bonus proportionally to all the slot machines 10 where the same type of the JP bonus is established irrespective of the temporal order of the JP bonus establishment.
If there are no other slot machines 10 where the same type of JP bonus is established before the time count for the predetermined time period is completed, then it is also possible to allocate the entire JP bonus to the slot machine 10 where the JP bonus is established in the first place.
Further, if the slot machine 10 functioning as the host machine is included in the slot machines 10 to be provided with the payout for the JP bonus, it is also possible to omit transmission of the payout instruction data for the JP bonus for the slot machine 10 functioning as the host machine to the terminal station 2 to which the slot machine 10 is connected, and to execute the processing on the assumption that the payout instruction data for the JP bonus for the slot machine 10 are received from the terminal station 2.
Next, the CPU 106 subtracts the count value in the counter 129 (Step S123). In this process, the count value 10,000 equivalent to the number of medals paid out is subtracted. Thereafter, the processing returns to Step S111. In this way, the processing by the slot machine 10 set as the host machine is executed.
As described above, in the slot system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention, similarly to the slot system according to the third embodiment, when, in a certain slot machine 10, any of the JP bonuses is established out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI,” the payout for the established type of the JP bonus is provided to the slot machine 10 as well as to other slot machines 10 where the same type of the JP bonus is established within the predetermined time period from the time point of establishment of the JP bonus, depending on the order of establishment of the JP bonus.
For this reason, even when time required by the slot machine 10 set as the host machine for recognition of establishment of the JP bonus in the slot machine 10 varies depending on positions or connection states of the slot machines 10 on the network 3, the JP bonus is distributed to all the slot machines 10 in which the establishment of the JP bonus is recognized within the predetermined time period. In this way, variation is provided in the payout amount for the progressive bonus, and hence it is possible to offer the slot machine 10 having an excellent entertainment value and a controlling method thereof.
Concerning the above-described slot system of the fourth embodiment, it is also possible to configure a similar modified example to the case of the slot system according to the third embodiment.
Specifically, when the JP bonus is established in a certain slot machine 10, it is also possible to cause the slot machine 10 and the other slot machines 10 where the JP bonus is established within the predetermined time period after the establishment of the JP bonus in the certain slot machine 10 to execute bonus games after establishment of the JP bonus, and to determine the distribution of the JP bonus to the respective slot machines 10 depending on the order of completion of the bonus games.
Now, a slot system according to a modified example of the fourth embodiment of the present invention configured to determine the distribution of the JP bonus depending on the order of completion of the bonus games at the time of establishment of the JP bonus will be described below. FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of the slot machine set as the host machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
In this modified example, the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 set as the host machine performs a procedure shown in FIG. 50 in addition to the procedures shown in the flowcharts of FIG. 37, FIG. 38, and FIG. 43 to be executed by the CPU 106 of each of the slot machines 10 in the slot system according to the modified example of the third embodiment.
To be more precise, in Step S211, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the data on the JP count values are respectively received from the terminal stations 2. When the data on the JP count values are not received (NO in Step S211), the processing goes to Step S213. When the data on the JP count values are received (YES in Step S211), the total JP count value stored in the counter 129 is counted up based on the received JP count values (Step S212). Therefore, the counter 129 stores the aggregate value of the JP count values bet on the respective slot machines 10 in the multiple terminal stations 2.
In Step S213, the CPU 106 determines whether or not JP bonus establishment data on any one of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” are received from each of the terminal stations 2. The JP bonus establishment data received in this processing also include the JP bonus establishment data established by the slot machine 10 functioning as the host machine. When the JP bonus establishment data are not received (NO in Step S213), a determination is made whether or not the bonus establishment flag F1 of the RAM 110 is set to “1” (Step S213A).
When the bonus establishment flag F1 is not equal to “1” (NO in Step S213A), the processing goes to Step S211. When the bonus establishment flag is equal to “1” (YES in Step S213A) the processing goes to Step S219B to be described later.
On the other hand, when the JP bonus establishment data are received (YES in Step S213), the CPU 106 determines in the processing in Step S214 as to whether or not the flag F1 in the bonus establishment flag area of the RAM 110 is set to “1,” the flag F1 corresponding to any one of the JP bonuses out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” represented by the received establishment data.
If the bonus establishment flag F1 is not equal to “1” (NO in Step S214), the CPU 106 sets to “1” the flag F1 corresponding to any one of the three types of JP bonuses of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” represented by the establishment data received in Step S213 (Step S215).
Further, the CPU 106 transmits the bonus game start instruction data to the terminal station 2 which is the sender of the JP bonus establishment data received in Step S213 (Step S216A). Thereafter, the CPU 106 starts time count for the predetermined time period in the timer area provided in the RAM 110 (Step S217), and then the processing goes to Step S211.
Here, this predetermined time period may be set equal to the time period necessary for one slot game, for example. This predetermined time period may be stored in the ROM 108 as part of a program or stored in the RAM 110 as rewritable variable data.
When the bonus establishment flag F1 is equal to “1” in the processing in Step S214 (YES), the CPU 106 determines whether or not time count for the predetermined time period in the timer area of the RAM 110 is completed (Step S218).
When time count for the predetermined time period is not completed (NO in Step S218), the CPU 106 transmits the bonus game start instruction data to the terminal station 2 which is the sender of the JP bonus establishment data received in Step S213 (Step S219A). Then, the CPU 106 moves to the processing in Step S211.
On the other hand, when time count for the predetermined time period is completed in Step S218 (YES), the CPU 106 sets, to “0,” the bonus establishment flag of the RAM 110 for the corresponding JP bonus (Step S220). Then, the CPU 106 determines the detailed distribution of the JP bonus of the type established in each of the slot machines 10 which executed the bonus games, depending on the order of completion of the bonus games (Step S221A).
Except the above-described portions, the contents of the processings, shown in FIG. 50, executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 set as the host machine in this modified example are the same as the contents of the processings, in Step S122 and Step S123 of FIG. 49, executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 set as the host machine in the slot system of the fourth embodiment.
As described above, in the slot system according to the modified example of the fourth embodiment of the present invention similarly to the slot system according to the modified example of the third embodiment, when, in a certain slot machine 10, any of the JP bonuses is established out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI,” the bonus games are started in that slot machine 10. Moreover, when, in other slot machines 10, the same type of the JP bonus is established within the predetermined time period from the time point of establishment of the JP bonus in the first slot machine 10, the bonus games are also started in those other slot machines 10. Then, the payout for the JP bonus of the established type is distributed to all the slot machines that started the bonus games depending on the order of completion of the bonus games.
For this reason, even when time required by the slot machine 10 set as the host machine for recognition of establishment of the JP bonus in the slot machine 10 varies depending on a position or a state of connection of the slot machines 10 on the network 3, the JP bonus is distributed to all the slot machines 10 in which the establishment of the JP bonus is recognized within the predetermined time period. In this way, variation is provided in the payout amount for the progressive bonus, and hence it is possible to offer the slot machine 10 having an excellent entertainment value and a controlling method thereof.
Moreover, the distribution of the JP bonus is determined based on the order of completion of the bonus games in the respective slot machines 10 in which the JP bonus is established. Accordingly, even when establishment of the JP bonus takes place later than other slot machines 10, it is still possible to change (increase) the distribution of the JP bonus by completing the bonus games earlier. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the entertainment value as the slot system by allowing the player to exert his skill to change the distribution of the JP bonus.
The slot system and the control method of the present invention have been described above with reference to certain illustrated embodiments. However, it is to be understood that the present invention will not be limited only to these embodiments and that the configurations of the respective constituents can be replaced by other arbitrary configuration having similar functions.
For example, in the above-described embodiments, the liquid crystal display 16 is configured to have fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q53 that are defined by five columns and three rows. However, it is possible to determine, as needed, the number of columns and rows in the matrix of the partitioned regions that constitutes the display.

5th to 7th Embodiments

In these embodiments, step numbers shown in flow charts may be redundantly presented in other embodiments, but they are used independently from the other embodiments.
Now, a gaming (slot) system according to embodiments of the present invention and a controlling method thereof will be described with reference to FIG. 51 to FIG. 56.
FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing an outline of operations and a controlling method of a slot system according to fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention. FIG. 52 is an explanatory view showing a network configuration of the slot system according to the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention. FIG. 53 is an explanatory view showing a configuration of a terminal station in the slot system according to the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention. FIG. 54 is an explanatory view showing a display example on a main display in the slot system according to the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention. FIG. 55 is a perspective view of a slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention. FIG. 56 is an explanatory view showing a display example of a link participation condition display screen on a liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention.
In the slot system according to the fifth to seventh embodiments as shown in FIG. 52, multiple (three pieces in the drawing) terminal stations 2 are connected to one another through a network 3. In the slot system according to the first and sixth embodiments, a host server 1 is also connected to the network 3. Meanwhile, as shown in FIG. 53, each terminal station 2 includes multiple slot machines 10 (gaming machines), a relay controller 4, a main display 5, and a count display 6.
Each of the slot machines 10 is capable of executing a slot game (a unit game) operated by a player and participating in one or more of multiple links that are present at the same time. The slot machines 10 participating in each link share a JP bonus (a progressive bonus) with one another.
In this embodiment, links are set for three types of JP bonuses, namely, “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI.” Therefore, the player of each slot machine 10 can participate in any one of “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI.”
Multiple links respectively set for various types of JP bonuses have individual participation conditions. These participation conditions for the links are stored in a RAM 55 (see FIG. 60) of a host server 1 in a slot system according to first and sixth embodiments or stored in a RAM 110 (see FIG. 58) of a slot machine out of slot machines 10 in a slot system according to a seventh embodiment. The stored participation conditions for the links are displayed on a liquid crystal display 16 of the slot machine shown in FIG. 55 when each slot machine 10 requests its participation in any of the links.
The JP bonuses “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” are set to have different establishment probabilities and different payout (award) amounts at the time of establishment from one another. Details will be described later. Although this embodiment describes the example of using three ranks of the JP bonuses, namely, “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI,” the present invention is not limited only to the configuration that includes three types of the JP bonuses.
When a JP bonus is established in each slot machine 10, a payout (an award) corresponding to the JP bonus that this slot machine 10 participates in is provided. For example, when the JP bonus is established in the slot machine 10 participating in the “MINI,” 1000 medals, the payout amount of the “MINI,” are paid out.
A player of each slot machine 10 is able to participate in any link with the JP bonus out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR,” and “MINI” and to execute a slot game. When the players of the multiple slot machines 10 participate in a certain link and any of the JP bonuses out of “MEGA,” “MAJOR,” and “MINI” is established among the multiple slot machines 10 in the link within a predetermined period (such as a time period required for one session of the slot game), the number of payout set for the established JP bonus is distributed to the multiple slot machines 10 that establish the JP bonus within the predetermined period.
The relay controller 4 is connected to the multiple terminal stations 2 through the network 3. The relay controller 4 transmits some of a bet (a bet amount) bet on each slot machine 10 to the host server 1 as a JP count value, receives data on a total JP count value stored in the host server 1, and displays this count value on the count display 6. Meanwhile, various data for the progress of the games are displayed on the main display 5. For example, if “MAJOR” is established in any of the slot machines 10, a character string stating “CONGRATULATIONS! A “MAJOR” BONUS IS ESTABLISHED RIGHT NOW ON MACHINE NO. XX!” is displayed as shown in FIG. 54, for example.
In the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention, when firstly each slot machine 10 requests its participation in the link as shown in FIG. 51 (YES in Step S1), the participation conditions for the links stored in the RAM 55 of the host server 1 or 110 of one of the slot machines 10 are displayed on the liquid crystal display 16 of the slot machine 10 that makes the request (Step S2).
As shown in a link participation condition display screen in FIG. 56, for example, the participation conditions for the links are displayed in a list format on the liquid crystal display 16 together with names of the links, count values (progressive values) of the JP bonuses shared by the slot machines 10 that participate in the links, and the number of the participating slot machines 10. By touching the link name of one of the multiple links displayed on the liquid crystal display 16 to select the one whose participation condition the player wants to show agreement with, the player can actually confirm the agreement with the participation condition.
When an agreement with the participation condition of one link out of the displayed links is made on the slot machine 10 having the display 16 that displays the link participation condition display screen (YES in Step S3), the slot machine 10 participates in the link having the agreed participation condition (Step S4).
After the slot machine 10 participates in the link, some of a wager (a bet amount) on a slot game is counted, at each time of execution of the slot game (a unit game) by the slot machine 10, as a resource (a progressive bonus value) for the JP bonus shared by the link in which the slot machine 10 participates (Step S5).
To be more precise, the player can bet a wager on a slot game by inserting medals or coins, which are cashable credits that can be converted into cash, into the slot machine 10. Alternatively, the player can also bet a wager by allocating a designated amount of restricted credits, which can be used as bets continuously before being cashed out, to the bet by means of the player's operation of the slot machine 10.
In the following description, a unit of the wager that can be bet by use of the cashable credits or the restricted credits described above will be referred to as a “credit.” For example, when one medal or coin is inserted into the slot machine 10 by the player as the wager, this action is equivalent to betting “one credit” to the wager. Meanwhile, when two restricted credits are allocated to the wager by the player's operation of the slot machine 10, this action is equivalent to betting “two credits” to the wager.
It is possible to cause a counter provided in the host server 1 to perform the counting of the JP bonus in Step S5 as in a slot system of the first and sixth embodiments to be described later, or to cause a counter provided in each slot machine 10 to perform the counting as in a slot system of the seventh embodiment to be described later. When the counter is provided in each of the slot machines 10, the counter of one of the slot machines 10 that is set as a host machine may be caused to count the resource for the JP bonus on behalf of all the slot machines 10.
Concerning the procedure from Step S1 to Step S4, it is also possible to cause the host server 1 to perform the procedure or to cause each slot machine 10 to perform the procedure similarly to the counting of the JP bonus in Step S5. When the counter is provided in each of the slot machines 10, the counter of one of the slot machines 10 that is set as the host machine may be caused to perform the procedure from Step S1 to Step S4 on behalf of all the slot machines 10.
In the fifth to seventh embodiments of the present invention, the above-described procedure from Step S1 to Step S5 is repeated.
According to the slot system and the control method thereof of the first to seventh embodiment described above, each of the slot machines 10 of the multiple terminal stations 2 connected through a network 3 participates in the desired link and shares the JP bonus with other participants (the players of the slot machines 10) by confirming any of the participation conditions for the links displayed on the liquid crystal display 16 and then agreeing with the participation condition.
For this reason, it is possible to provide the slot machine 10 having an excellent entertaining property with a variety of the JP bonuses and the control method thereof by allowing each of the players of the slot machines 10 to select and participate in a desired link among the links having mutually different participation conditions.
Next, the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention and the controlling method thereof will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 57 to FIG. 81 in addition to FIG. 52 to FIG. 56 already referred above. As described previously, the slot system according to the fifth embodiment includes the host server 1 shown in FIG. 52.
FIG. 57 is an explanatory view of partitioned regions for displaying symbols on a liquid crystal display of the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 58 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a controller and connected devices provided in the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 59 is an explanatory view showing an example of a payout table to be stored in a RAM of the controller provided in the slot machine in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 60 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the host server in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 61 is an explanatory view showing an example of a probability table to be stored in the RAM of the host server in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 62 is an explanatory view showing an electrical configuration of the relay controller in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
As shown in FIG. 55, the slot machine 10 includes a cabinet 11, a top box 12 provided on an upper side of the cabinet 11, and a main door 13 provided on a front face of the cabinet 11. The cabinet 11 is provided with a liquid crystal display 16 on a face opposed to a player. Meanwhile, disposed inside the cabinet 11 are various constituent members including a controller 40 (see FIG. 58) configured to electrically control the slot machine 10 and a hopper 44 (see FIG. 58) configured to control insertion, storage, and payouts of the medals.
In this embodiment, although medals are mentioned as an example of game media used for executing the games, the game media are not limited only to the medals. For example, it is also possible to use coins, tokens, electronic money, and electronic value information (credits) corresponding thereto.
The main door 13 is openably and closably fitted to the cabinet 11, and the liquid crystal display 16 is provided substantially in the center of this main door 13. As shown in FIG. 57, the liquid crystal display 16 is provided with fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q53 in total defined in three rows by five columns, and various symbols are displayed in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53. Specifically, when a slot game is initiated, the symbols displayed in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53 start scroll display at the same time and are stopped simultaneously after passage of a predetermined time period. Then, a payout is provided based on a combination of the symbols stopped in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53. For example, a payout is provided when a predetermined number of scatter symbols are stopped in the fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q53.
Here, as shown in FIG. 57, a two-digit suffix attached to the partitioned region “q” indicates the “column” and the “row.” For example, the portioned region on the first column and the first row is indicated as “q11” while the partitioned region on the fifth column and the third row is indicated as “q53.”
Meanwhile, a credit display region 49 for displaying current credits and a payout amount display region 48 for displaying a payout amount are provided in a lower left region of the liquid crystal display 16.
A medal insertion slot 21 for allowing insertion of medals used for playing the games and a bill validator 22 configured to validate appropriate bills and to accept authentic bills are provided below the liquid crystal display 16. Moreover, various operation switches are provided near the medal insertion slot 21 and the bill validator 22.
A payout switch 23, a MAXBET switch 24, a BET switch 25, a spin repeat BET switch 26, and a start switch 27 are provided as the operation switches.
The BET switch 25 is a switch for determining the number of credits to be bet on the slot game executed on the liquid crystal display 16. As will be described later, a credit equivalent to one medal is bet every time the BET switch 25 is pressed.
The spin repeat BET switch 26 is a switch for executing the slot game by betting the credits again without changing the amount of credits bet in the previous game by use of the above-described BET switch 25.
The start switch 27 is a switch for starting the slot game after betting a desired amount of credits. The slot game is started on the liquid crystal display 16 when this start switch 27 is pressed after inserting the medals to the medal insertion slot 21 or betting the credits with the BET switch 25.
The payout switch 23 is a switch for paying out the credited medals. The medals to be paid out are discharged from a medal payout opening 19 provided at a lower part on the front face of the main door 13. The discharged medals are pooled in a medal tray 18.
The MAXBET switch 24 is a switch for betting the maximum amount of credits (e.g., credits corresponding to thirty medals) that the player can bet in one game session in a single operation.
A foot display 34 is provided on the lower part of the front face of the main door 13 and is configured to display various images related to the games on the slot machine 10. The images include characters of the slot machine 10, for example.
Lamps 47 are provided on both sides of the foot display 34 and are configured to emit light on the basis of a preset light emission pattern for the game executed by the slot machine 10. The medal payout opening 19 for discharging the payout medals and the medal tray 18 for storing the paid medals are provided below the foot display 34.
A speaker 29 is provided on a side face of the top box 12. Moreover, an upper display 33 is provided on a front face of the top box 12. The upper display 33 includes a display panel which displays various images such as character images that are related to the slot game.
A ticket printer 35, a card reader 36, a data display 37, and a keypad 38 are provided on a lower side of the upper display 33.
The ticket printer 35 is configured to print on a ticket a bar code encoding data including the amount of payouts, date and time, an identification number of the slot machine 10, and the like and to output the ticket as a bar coded ticket 39. A player is able to allow another slot machine to read the bar coded ticket 39 and to play games with that slot machine or to exchange the bar coded ticket 39 with bills in various currencies and the like at a predetermined location in a gaming facility (such as a cashier in a casino).
The card reader 36 allows insertion of a smart card and is configured to read data out of the inserted smart card and to write data into the smart card. The smart card is a card carried by the player, which stores data for identifying the player, data for a history of games played by the player, and so forth. The smart card may also be configured to store data for coins, bills or credits. Alternatively, it is possible to employ a magnetic stripe card instead of the smart card.
The data display 37 is made of a fluorescent display, for example, and is for displaying data read out by the card reader 36 or data inputted with the keypad 38 by the player. The keypad 38 is for inputting an instruction for ticket issuance and other data.
FIG. 58 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a controller 40 (a terminal controller) provided in the slot machine 10 of this embodiment and of various devices to be connected to this controller 40. The controller 40 of the slot machine 10 shown in FIG. 58 is a microcomputer which includes an interface circuit group 102, an input-output bus 104, a CPU 106, a ROM 108, a RAM 110, a communication interface circuit 111, a random number generator 112, a speaker driving circuit 122, a hopper driving circuit 124, a display driving circuit 128, and a display controller 140.
The interface circuit group 102 is connected to the input-output bus 104 and this input-output bus 104 inputs and outputs data signals and address signals to and from the CPU 106.
The start switch 27 is connected to the interface circuit group 102. A start signal outputted from this start switch 27 is converted into a given signal by the interface circuit group 102 and is then transmitted to the CPU 106 through the input-output bus 104.
Further, the BET switch 25, the MAXBET switch 24, the spin repeat BET switch 26, and the payout switch 23 are connected to the interface circuit group 102. Moreover, switching signals outputted from these switches 25, 24, 26, and 23 are respectively supplied to the interface circuit group 102, then converted into given signals by this interface circuit group 102, and then transmitted to the CPU 106 through the input-output bus 104.
In addition, a medal sensor 43 is connected to the interface circuit group 102. The medal sensor 43 is a sensor for detecting medals inserted to the medal insertion slot 21, and is provided at a medal insertion region of the medal insertion slot 21. A detection signal outputted from this medal sensor 43 is supplied to the interface circuit group 102, then converted into a given signal by this interface circuit group 102, and then transmitted to the CPU 106 through the input-output bus 104.
The hopper driving circuit 124 is connected to the hopper 44 and causes a payout of the medals to the hopper 44, the number of medals being based on a payout instruction signal transmitted from the CPU 106.
The speaker driving circuit 122 outputs sound data to the speaker 29 to output predetermined sounds from the speaker 29.
The display driving circuit 128 transmits display data of the number of payout and the number of credits so as to display the display data on the payout display region 48 and the credit display region 49, respectively.
The display controller 140 outputs display data to be displayed on the liquid crystal display 16. Further, the display controller 140 inputs an operation signal by use of a touch panel 16 a provided on a surface of the liquid crystal display 16. As will be described later, a selection screen for selecting one of the three types of JP bonuses “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI” is displayed on the liquid crystal display 16 before staring the slot game. When the player touches this selection screen, the touch panel 16 a detects the player's operation and recognizes the JP bonus selected by the player.
The CPU 106 executes the slot game on the basis of operation signals from the switches 23, 24, 25, 26, and 27 connected to the interface circuit group 102 and on the basis of a detection signal from the medal sensor 43. Moreover, the CPU 106 outputs a display instruction signal to the display controller 140 to control scroll display and stop display of the symbols in each of the partitioned regions q11 to q53. When providing a payout, the CPU 106 outputs the payout instruction signal to the hopper driving circuit 124. Further, the CPU 106 controls the entire slot machine 10 generally by transmitting the JP count value generated at the slot machine 10 to the host server 1 through the communication interface circuit 111, for example.
The ROM 108 stores system programs for various control processings to be executed by the CPU 106. The RAM 110 stores various data to be used for execution of control by the CPU 106. Meanwhile, the RAM 110 stores a payout table that defines payouts based on combinations of the symbols stopped in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53 as a result of executing the slot game.
FIG. 59 is a view showing an example of the payout table which defines a payout of 20 medals for one bet when five “APPLE” symbols are stopped in the fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q53, a payout of 15 medals for one bet when four “APPLE” medals are stopped in the fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q53, and so forth.
Next, a configuration of the host server 1 is described. FIG. 60 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the host server 1. The host server 1 includes a communication interface (I/F) 53 configured to transmit and receive data to and from each terminal station 2 through the network 3, a CPU 52 configured to control the entire host server 1, a ROM 54 configured to store system programs executed by the CPU 52, a RAM 55 configured to store data temporarily, a timer 56, and a keyboard 57. Moreover, the host server 1 includes a counter 58 configured to count the JP count values bet on the slot machines 10 in each terminal station 2.
The CPU 52 performs various processings on the basis of various signals outputted from the respective terminal stations 2 and on the basis of the data and programs stored in the ROM 54 and the RAM 55, and transmits instruction signals to the respective terminal stations 2 on the basis of results of the processes. Accordingly, the CPU 52 proactively controls the relay controllers 4 and the slot machines 10 in the respective terminal stations 2.
To be more precise, the CPU 52 receives some of the wagers bet on the slot machines 10 of the respective terminals stations 2 as the JP count values and performs a processing to count these JP count values with the counter 58. Meanwhile, if a JP bonus is established in any of the slot machines 10, the CPU 52 outputs a payout instruction signal for a payout corresponding to this JP bonus.
Meanwhile, the RAM 55 stores a probability table shown in FIG. 61. Specifically, individual probability tables are set for “MEGA,” “MAJOR” and “MINI,” respectively. Here, the probability of establishment of the “MAJOR” is set higher than the probability of establishment of the “MEGA” while the probability of establishment of “MINI” is set higher than the probability of establishment of “MAJOR.” Accordingly, concerning the payout amounts, the payout amount of “MAJOR” is set higher than the payout amount of “MINI” while the payout amount of “MEGA” is set higher than the payout amount of “MAJOR.”
To be more precise, “MEGA” has the probability of establishment equal to 0.03% for each unit game. When the JP bonus for “MEGA” is established, a payout equivalent to 10,000 medals is provided. Meanwhile, “MAJOR” has the probability of establishment equal to 0.1% for each unit game. When the JP bonus for “MAJOR” is established, a payout equivalent to 5,000 medals is provided. Meanwhile, “MINI” has the probability of establishment equal to 0.2% for each unit game. When the JP bonus for “MINI” is established, a payout equivalent to 1,000 medals is provided.
Therefore, three types of the JP bonuses are set so as to allow the player to select his or her favorite rank of the JP bonus. For example, a player who makes a bet of more medals for each unit game and wishes a higher payout at the time of establishment of the JP bonus (so-called a high roller) participates in the “MEGA” JP bonus, and a player who makes a bet of less medals for each unit game and wishes the higher probability of the JP bonus participates in the “MINI” JP bonus.
The rank of the JP bonuses can be changed as needed by an administrator by operating the keyboard 57 of the host server 1. For example, the administrator can change the probability table of the JP bonuses or the numbers of payouts of medals at the time of establishment of the JP bonuses.
Meanwhile, among the slot machines 10 being operated to execute the games by the players, the slot machine 10 that starts the game earliest is set as a host machine by the host server 1 as will be described later. The slot machine 10 set as the host machine can set a new link for each of the JP bonuses of “MEGA,” “MAJOR,” and “MINI.” The other slot machines 10 can also participate in the link thus set. However, in order to participate in the link, the other slot machines 10 have to satisfy a predetermined participation condition. The participation condition can be decided by the slot machine 10 which is set as the host machine.
In this embodiment, there are multiple links set in this way and the JP count value for the JP bonus is shared in each of the links by the slot machines 10 participating in that link (inclusive of the slot machine 10 set as the host machine). The links and the participation conditions for the links, the details and the number of the slot machines participating in the links, and the JP count values in the links are stored in a link list data area in the RAM 55.
FIG. 62 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of the relay controller 4. As shown in FIG. 62, the relay controller 4 includes a CPU 91 configured to generally control the entire relay controller 4, a communication I/F 92 configured to communicate with the host server 1 through the network 3, terminal I/Fs 93 configured to communicate with the respective slot machines 10, a ROM 94 configured to store system programs to be executed by the CPU 91, and a RAM 95. Further, the relay controller 4 includes the counter 96 configured to count a JP count value in each of the links described below.
When the slot machine 10 set as the host machine exists in the terminal station 2 itself, the link set by the slot machine 10, and participation condition determined for the link, and the number of the slot machines 10 participating in the link are stored in the RAM 95 of a relay controller 4. Moreover, in this case, the JP count value in the link stored in the RAM 95 is counted by the counter 96 of the relay controller 4.
Next, a processing procedure of the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to flowcharts shown in FIG. 63 to FIG. 68. FIG. 63 is the flowchart showing a processing procedure of the host server 1.
The CPU 52 of the host server 1 repeatedly executes a game status confirmation processing in Step S11, link data updating processing in Step S13, a link participation acceptance processing in Step S15, a JP count value transmission and reception processing in Step S17, and a JP bonus establishment data transmission and reception processing in Step S19.
In the game status confirmation processing in Step S11, as shown in FIG. 64, the CPU 52 judges whether or not start data are received from the relay controller 4 of any of the terminal stations 2 (Step S11 a), the start data notifying that the game is started on the slot machine 10 by the player. The CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S11 c when the start data are not received (NO in Step S11 a). When the start data are received (YES in Step S11 a), the CPU 52 determines that the game is started on the slot machine 10 indicated by identification information in the received start data and places the slot machine 10 at a tail end of a game starting order stored in the game starting order storage area in the RAM 55 (Step S11 b). Then, the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S11 e.
In Step S11 c, the CPU 52 judges whether or not end data are received from the relay controller 4 of any of the terminal stations 2, the end data notifying that the game is ended on the slot machine 10 by the player. The CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S11 e when the end data are not received (NO in Step S11 c). When the end data are received (YES in Step S11 c), the CPU 52 determines that the game is ended on the slot machine 10 indicated by identification information in the received end data and deletes the slot machine 10 from the game starting order in the RAM 55 (Step S11 d). Then, the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S11 e.
In Step S11 e, the CPU 52 judges whether or not the slot machine 10 located on the top of the game starting order in the RAM 55 is changed. The CPU 52 terminates the game status confirmation processing when the slot machine 10 on the top is not changed (NO in Step S11 e). When the slot machine 10 on the top is changed (YES in Step S11 e), the CPU 52, after this change, changes setting by defining as the host machine the slot machine 10 that is newly located on the top of the game starting order in the RAM 55 (Step S11 f). Thereafter, the CPU 52 notifies the relay controllers 4 of the respective terminal stations 2 of the identification information concerning the slot machine 10 serving as the host machine after the change of the setting (Step S11 g).
Next, the CPU 52 judges whether or not link management data are received from the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine having served as the host machine before the change of the setting is present (Step S11 h). The link management data include: the JP count values for the links set by the slot machine having served as the host machine before the change of the setting, the JP count values having been counted by the counter 96 of the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 in which the host machine before the change of the setting is present; and link data stored in the RAM 95 of the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 in which the host machine before the change of the setting is present. The link data will be described later.
When the link management data are not received (NO in Step S11 h), Step S11 h is repeated until the link management data are received. When the link management data are received (YES in Step S11 h), the received link management data are transmitted to the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine 10 determined as the host machine after the change of the setting is present (Step S11 i). Thereafter, the CPU 52 terminates the game status confirmation processing.
In the link data updating processing in Step S13, as shown in FIG. 65, the CPU 52 judges whether or not the link data are received from the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine 10 set as the host machine is present (Step S13 a). The link data include a link number for identifying the link set by the slot machine 10 that is set as the host machine, the participation condition of the link, the details and the number of the slot machines 10 participating in the link, and the JP count value in the link.
The CPU 52 terminates the link data updating processing when the link data are not received (NO in Step S13 a). When the link data are received (YES in Step S13 a), the CPU 52 stores the link number and the participation condition thereof indicated by the received link data, the details and the number of the slot machines 10 participating in the link, and the JP count value, in the link in a link list data area of the RAM 55. If the participation condition, the details of the participants, the number of participants, and the JP count value for the same link number have been already stored in the link list data area of the RAM 55, the contents of storage in the link list data area are updated with the contents indicated by the link data received in Step S13 a. Thereafter, the CPU 52 terminates the link data updating processing.
In the link participation acceptance processing in Step S15, as shown in FIG. 66, the CPU 52 judges whether or not link participation request data are received from the relay controller 4 of any of the terminal stations 2 (Step S15 a). When the link participation request data are not received (NO in Step S15 a), the CPU 52 terminates the link participation acceptance processing. When the link participation request data are received (YES in Step S15 a), the CPU 52 transmits link list data to the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 which is the sender of the request (Step S15 b). Thereafter, the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S15 c.
Here, the link list data include the numbers and the participation conditions of the respective links stored in the link list data area of the RAM 55, as well as the details and the number of the slot machines participating in the links, and the JP count values for the links.
In Step S15 c, the CPU 52 judges whether or not condition agreement data for agreeing with the participation condition of a specific link are received from the relay controller 4 of any of the terminal stations 2. When the condition agreement data are not received (NO in Step S15 c), the CPU 52 terminates the link participation acceptance processing. When the condition agreement data are received (YES in Step S15 c), the CPU 52 transmits the received condition agreement data to the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine 10 set as the host machine is present (Step S15 d). The condition agreement data include information indicating the link the participation condition of which is agreed and identification information of the slot machine 10 which is the sender of the condition agreement data.
Meanwhile, the CPU 52 transmits address data to the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine 10 being the sender of the condition agreement data is present (Step S15 e). The address data include an address on the network 3 of the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine 10 set as the host machine is present. The relay controller 4 having this address manages the JP count value and the like of the JP bonus which is shared by the link indicated by the condition agreement data. Thereafter, the CPU 52 terminates the link participation acceptance processing.
In the JP count value transmission and reception processing in Step S17, as shown in FIG. 67, the CPU 52 judges whether or not JP count value data are received from the relay controller 4 of any of the terminal stations 2 (Step S17 a). The JP count value data include: the JP count value for the JP bonus which represents some (such as 5%) of the wager bet on each slot machine 10; the identification information on the slot machine 10 on which the JP count value is bet as some of the wager; and the address, on the network 3, of the relay controller 4 that manages the link of the JP bonus counting that JP count value. This relay controller 4 exists in the terminal station 2 that includes the slot machine 10 set as the host machine.
The CPU 52 terminates the JP count value transmission and reception processing when the JP count value data are not received (NO in Step S17 a). When the JP count value data are received (YES in Step S17 a), the CPU 52 transmits the received JP count value data to the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 having the address indicated by the received JP count value data (Step S17 b). Thereafter, the CPU 52 terminates the JP count value transmission and reception processing.
In the JP bonus establishment data transmission and reception processing in Step S19, as shown in FIG. 68, the CPU 52 judges whether or not JP bonus establishment data are received from the relay controller 4 of any of the terminal stations 2 (Step S19 a). The JP bonus establishment data include: the identification information on the slot machine 10 in which the JP bonus is established; and the address, on the network 3, of the relay controller 4 that manages the link that the slot machine 10 participates in. This relay controller 4 exists in the terminal station 2 that includes the slot machine 10 set as the host machine.
When the JP bonus establishment data are not received (NO in Step S19 a), the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S19 c. When the JP bonus establishment data are received (YES in Step S19 a), the CPU 52 transmits the identification information on the slot machine 10 indicated by the received JP bonus establishment data to the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 having the address indicated by the received JP bonus establishment data (Step S19 b). Thereafter, the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S19 c.
In Step S19 c, the CPU 52 judges whether or not payout instruction data for the JP bonus are received from the terminal stations 2 in which the slot machine 10 set as the host machine is present. The payout instruction data include: the identification information on the slot machine 10 that executes a payout of the JP bonus; the address, on the network 3, of the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine 10 is present; and information on a payout amount of the JP bonus to be executed by the slot machine 10.
When the payout instruction data for the JP bonus are not received (NO in Step S19 c), the CPU 52 terminates the JP bonus establishment data transmission and reception processing. When the payout instruction data for the JP bonus are received (YES in Step S19 c), the CPU 52 transmits the received payout instruction data to the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 having the address indicated by the received payout instruction data (Step S19 d). For example, when the “MEGA” is established by a certain slot machine 10, the CPU 52 transmits the instruction data for providing a payout of 10,000 medals to the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine 10 is present. Thereafter, the CPU 52 terminates the JP bonus establishment data transmission and reception processing.
Next, a procedure by the relay controller 4 provided in each terminal station 2 will be described with reference to flowcharts shown from FIG. 69 to FIG. 75. FIG. 69 is a flowchart showing the procedure of the relay controller 4 of each terminal station 2.
The CPU 91 of the relay controller 4 of each terminal station 2 repeatedly executes a game status notification processing in Step S21, a link setting processing in Step S22, a link participation request processing in Step S23, a JP count value transmission and reception processing in Step S24, a link data notification processing in Step S25, and a JP bonus establishment data transmission and reception processing in Step S26.
In the game status notification processing in Step S21, as shown in FIG. 70, the CPU 91 judges whether or not there is a slot machine 10 on which the execution of a slot game, having not executed for a certain period or longer, is started (Step S21 a). When such a slot machine 10 is not present (NO in Step S21 a), the CPU 91 transfers the processing to Step S21 c. When such a slot machine 10 is present (YES in Step S21 a), the CPU 91 transmits start data to the host server 1 (Step S21 b). The start data include two kinds of data, one of which is identification information on the slot machine 10 on which the execution of the slot game is started after the predetermined time period or longer, and data for notifying that the game is started on the slot machine 10 by the player. Thereafter, the CPU 91 terminates the game status notification processing.
In Step S21 c, the CPU 91 judges whether or not there is a slot machine 10 in the terminal station 2 on which a slot game has not been executed for the certain period or longer. When such a slot machine 10 is not present (NO in Step S21 c), the CPU 91 transfers the processing to Step S21 g. When such a slot machine 10 is present (YES in Step S21 c), the CPU 91 transmits end data to the host server 1 (Step S21 d). The end data include identification information of the slot machine 10 on which the slot game has not been executed for the certain period or longer and data for notifying that the game is ended on the slot machine 10 by the player.
Next, the CPU 91 judges whether or not the slot machine 10 judged as the one on which the slot game has not been executed for the certain period or longer is the slot machine 10 that is set as the host machine (Step S21 e). When the slot machine 10 is not the one set as the host machine (NO in Step S21 e), the CPU 91 transfers the processing to Step S21 g. When the slot machine 10 is the one set as the host machine (YES in Step S21 e), the CPU 91 transmits link management data to the host server 1 (Step S21 f). The link management data include the JP count values for the links counted by the counter 96 and the link data stored in the link data storage area of the RAM 95. The link data will be described later. Thereafter, the CPU 91 transfers the processing to Step S21 g.
In Step S21 g, the CPU 91 judges whether or not the identification information on the slot machine 10 set as the host machine is received from the host server 1. When the information is not received (NO in Step S21 g), the CPU 91 terminates the game status notification processing. When the information is received (YES in Step S21 g), the CPU 91 judges whether or not the slot machine 10 indicated by the received identification information is present in the terminal station 2 (Step S21 h).
When the slot machine 10 indicated by the received identification information is not present (NO in Step S21 h), the CPU 91 sets statuses of the slot machines 10 in the terminal station 2 such that the slot machines 10 are notified that none of the slot machines 10 is not set as the host machine (Step S21 i). Thereafter, the CPU 91 terminates the game status notification processing. When the slot machine 10 indicated by the received identification information is present (YES in Step S21 h), the CPU 91 changes the status of only one of the slot machines 10 indicated by the identification information to notify that the slot machine 10 is set as the host machine (Step S21 j). Thereafter, the CPU 91 terminates the game status notification processing.
In the link setting processing in Step S22, as shown in FIG. 71, the CPU 91 judges whether or not the slot machine 10 determined to be set as the host machine according to the notification from the host server 1 is present in the terminal station 2 (Step S22 a). When such a slot machine 10 is not present (NO in Step S22 a), the CPU 91 terminates the link setting processing. When such a slot machine 10 is present (YES in Step S22 a), the CPU 91 judges whether or not link setting request data are received from the slot machine set as the host machine (Step S22 b). The link setting request data include a request for setting a new link and information on the participation condition of that link.
When the link setting request data are not received (NO in Step S22 b), the CPU 91 terminates the link setting processing. When the link setting request data are received (YES in Step S22 b), the CPU 91 ensures an area in the RAM 95 to store as the link data the participation condition of the link indicated by the received link setting request data together with the link number indicating the link, the rank (“MEGA,” “MAJOR” or “MINI”) of the link, the details and the number of the slot machines 10 participating in the link, and the JP count value in the link collectively as the link data. Then, the CPU 91 stores the participation condition of the link indicated by the received link setting request data and the link number, in the link data storage area in the RAM 95 thus ensured (Step S22 c). Thereafter, the CPU 91 terminates the link setting processing. Here, the link number may be automatically numbered by the CPU 91 upon receipt of the link setting request data in order to discriminate the link requested for the setting from other existing links.
In the link participation request processing in Step S23, as shown in FIG. 72, the CPU 91 judges whether or not a request for participation in the link is received from the slot machine 10, in the terminal station 2, which is not set as the host machine (Step S23 a). When the request is not received (NO in Step S23 a), the CPU 91 transfers the processing to Step S23 i. When the request is received (YES in Step S23 a), the CPU 91 transmits the link participation request data to the hosts server 1 (Step S23 b). Then, the CPU 91 judges whether or not the link list data are received from the host server 1 (Step S23 c).
When the link list data are not received (NO in Step S23 c), the CPU 91 repeats Step S23 c until the link list data are received. Meanwhile, when the link list data are received (YES in Step S23 c), the CPU 91 transmits the received link list data to the slot machine 10 which has made the request for participation in the link received in Step S23 a (Step S23 d).
Then, the CPU 91 judges whether or not notice of agreement with the participation condition of the specific link is received, within a predetermined period, from the slot machine 10 that has made the request (Step S23 e). When the notice is not received within the predetermined period (NO in Step S23 e), the CPU 91 transfers the processing to Step S23 i. When the notice is received within the predetermined period (YES in Step S23 e), the CPU 91 transmits the condition agreement data to the host server 1 (Step S23 f).
Next, the CPU 91 judges whether or not the address data are received from the host server 1 (Step S23 g). When the address data are not received (NO in Step S23 g), the CPU 91 repeats Step S23 g until the data are received. When the address data are received (YES in Step S23 g), the CPU 91 associates the received address data with the slot machine 10 which has made the request and stores the data in an address data storage area in the RAM 95 (Step S23 h). Thereafter, the CPU 91 transfers the processing to Step S23 i.
In Step S23 i, the CPU 91 judges whether or not the condition agreement data are received from the host server 1. When the condition agreement data are not received (NO in Step S23 i), the CPU 91 terminates the link participation request processing. When the condition agreement data are received (YES in Step S23 i), the CPU 91 allow the slot machine 10, which is the sender of the received condition agreement data, to participate in the link indicated in the received condition agreement data (Step S23 j). To be more precise, concerning the link indicated by the received condition agreement data, the details of the participants and the number of the participants in the corresponding link stored in the link data storage area of the RAM 95 are updated with the contents including the slot machine 10 which is the sender of the received condition agreement data. Thereafter, the CPU 91 terminates the link participation request processing.
In the JP count value transmission and reception processing in Step S24, as shown in FIG. 73, the CPU 91 judges whether or not the JP count value data are received from any of the slot machines 10 (Step S24 a). The JP count value data include the JP count value for the JP bonus which represents some (such as 5%) of the wager bet on the sender slot machine 10.
When the JP count value data are not received (NO in Step S24 a), the CPU 91 transfers the processing to Step S24 c. When the JP count value data are received (YES in Step S24 a), the CPU 91 transmits the received JP count value data to the host server 1 (Step S24 b). Here, the JP count value data to be transmitted include: information indicating the link stored in the link data storage area of the RAM 95 containing the sender slot machine 10 in the details of the participants; the address, of the relay controller 4, based on the address data associated with the sender slot machine 10 and stored in the address data storage area of the RAM 95; and the identification information on the sender slot machine 10. Thereafter, the CPU 91 transfers the processing to Step S24 c.
In Step S24 c, the CPU 91 judges whether or not the JP count value data are received from the host server 1. When the JP count value data are not received (NO in Step S24 c), the CPU 91 terminates the JP count value transmission and reception processing. When the JP count value data are received (YES in Step S24 c), the CPU 91 increments the JP count value, counted by the counter 96, of the link indicated by the received JP count value data (Step S24 d). Then, the CPU 91 updates the JP count value corresponding to the link in the link data stored in the link data storage area of the RAM 95 with the incremented JP count value (Step S24 e). Thereafter, the CPU 91 terminates the JP count value transmission and reception processing.
In the link data notification processing in Step S25, as shown in FIG. 74, the CPU 91 judges whether or not the contents of the link data stored in the link data storage area of the RAM 95 are changed (Step S25 a). When the contents are not changed (NO in Step S25 a), the CPU 91 terminates the link data notification processing. When the contents are changed (YES in Step S25 a), the CPU 91 transmits the changed link data to the host server 1 (Step S25 b). Thereafter, the CPU 91 terminates the link data notification processing.
In the JP bonus establishment data transmission and reception processing in Step S26, as shown in FIG. 75, the CPU 91 judges whether or not the JP bonus establishment data are received from any of the slot machines 10 (Step S26 a). The JP bonus establishment data includes the identification information on the slot machine 10 in which the JP bonus is established.
When the JP bonus establishment data are not received (NO in Step S26 a), the CPU 91 terminates the JP bonus establishment data transmission and reception processing. When the JP bonus establishment data are received (YES in Step S26 a), the CPU 91 transmits the payout instruction data for the JP bonus to the host server 1 (Step S26 b). The payout instruction data include the address of the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine 10 corresponding to the identification information indicated by the received JP bonus establishment data is present, and the information on the payout amount of the JP bonus to be provided by the slot machine 10 corresponding to the identification information.
For example, when the link data in the RAM 95 containing the slot machine 10 where the JP bonus is established has the rank “MEGA,” the CPU 91 transmits the payout instruction data to the host server 1, the payout instruction data including the address of the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine 10 where the JP bonus is established is present and the information defining the 10,000 medals as the payout amount for the JP bonus. Thereafter, the CPU 91 terminates the JP bonus establishment data transmission and reception processing.
Next, a processing procedure of the slot machine 10 provided in each of the terminal stations 2 will be described with reference to flowcharts in FIG. 76 to FIG. 79.
First, as shown in FIG. 76, the CPU 106 executes a JP bonus participation acceptance processing in Step S31. Details of this processing will be described later with reference to FIG. 77.
Next, the CPU 106 executes a link setting acceptance processing in Step S32. Details of this processing will be described later with reference to FIG. 78.
In Step S33, the CPU 106 starts acceptance of medal insertion. In this processing, the CPU 106 accepts insertion of medals from each medal insertion slot 21 by each player. When medals are inserted, each medal sensor 43 detects the number of inserted medals.
In Step S34, the CPU 106 adds the credits for the number of medals inserted and then displays the number of credits after the addition in a credit display area 49.
In Step S35, the CPU 106 determines whether or not credits are bet. In this processing, the CPU 106 determines whether or not any of the following signal is received: a signal to be outputted from the BET switch 25 when pressing the BET switch 25, a signal to be outputted from the MAXBET switch 24 when pressing the MAXBET switch 24, and a signal to be outputted from the spin repeat BET switch 26 when pressing the spin repeat BET switch 26. When a determination is made that no credits are bet, the processing returns to Step S33.
On the contrary, when a determination is made in Step S35 that credits are bet, the CPU 106 goes to Step S36 and subtracts the number of bet credits. In this way, the number of credits after subtraction of the bet credits is displayed in the credit display area 49.
In Step S37, the CPU 106 defines a predetermined proportion (such as 5%) of the bet credits as the JP count value and transmits the data of this count value to the relay controller 4.
In Step S38, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the start switch 27 is pressed. In this processing, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a signal to be outputted from the start switch 27 when pressing the start switch 27 is received. When a determination is made that the start switch 27 is pressed, the CPU 106 determines whether the JP bonus is established or not established in Step S39.
In Step S40, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the JP bonus is established. When the JP bonus is established, the CPU 106 transmits the JP bonus establishment data to the relay controller 4.
In Step S42, the CPU 106 executes a game display processing. In this game display processing, the CPU 106 executes a processing of scrolling the symbols displayed in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53 on the liquid crystal display 16 and then stopping the symbols after a lapse of a predetermined time period to display new symbols in the respective partitioned regions q11 to q53. An award is granted when the symbols that establish a winning combination are stopped as a result of the game display processing. Details of this game display processing for granting the award will be described later with reference to FIG. 79.
In Step S43, the CPU 106 executes a payout processing. In the payout processing, a payout of the medals in the predetermined number is provided when any of the combinations of the symbols set in the payout table shown in FIG. 59 is displayed. Meanwhile, when the JP bonus is established in the processing in Step S40, the medals will be paid out as the JP bonus.
The number of medals to be provided as the payout for the JP bonus corresponds to the payout of the JP bonus determined by the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 in which the slot machines 10 set as the host machine is present. The payout of the JP bonus is notified through the terminal station 2 in the form of the payout instruction data for the JP bonus, which is transmitted from the CPU 52 of the host server 1 to the terminal station 2 in Step S19 d of FIG. 68. Accordingly, the payout processing in Step S43 includes a processing of receiving the payout instruction data for the JP bonus from the terminal station 2 when the instruction data to the applicable slot machine 10 are received by the terminal station 2.
In this way, the slot games (the unit games) will be repeatedly executed by reiterating the processings from Steps S31 to S43.
Next, the JP bonus participation acceptance processing shown in Step S31 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. 77.
In Step S51, the CPU 106 judges whether or not a request for participation in the link of the JP bonus is inputted. This judgment may be executed by means of the touch panel 16 a detecting the player's touch operation of the liquid crystal display 16, for example. Alternatively, it is also possible to provide a switch dedicated to the request for participation in the link near the liquid crystal display 16 and to detect the player's operation of the switch.
When the participation request is not inputted (NO in Step S51), the CPU 106 terminates the JP bonus participation acceptance processing. When the participation request is inputted (YES in Step S51), the CPU 106 transmits the link participation request to the relay controller 4 (Step S52). Thereafter, the CPU 106 judges whether or not the link list data are received from the host server 1 (Step S53). The link list data are stored in the link list data area in the RAM 55 of the host server 1. The link list data include the numbers of the existing links and the participation conditions for the links, and the details and the numbers of the slot machines 10 participating in the links, and the JP count values in those links.
When the link list data are not received (NO in Step S53), the CPU 106 repeats Step S53 until the data are received. When the link list data are received (YES in Step S53), the CPU 106 displays the contents of the received link list data on the liquid crystal display 16 in the list format as in the link participation condition display screen shown in FIG. 56 (Step S54). The list to be displayed includes the count values (the progressive values) for the JP bonuses shared by the slot machines 10 participating in the links, and the number of the participating slot machines 10.
Next, the CPU 106 judges whether or not the participation condition for any specific link is agreed by the player touching a portion with the specific link name on in the list displayed on the liquid crystal display 16, for example (Step S55). When the participation condition is agreed (YES in Step S55), the CPU 106 transfers the processing to Step S58. When any of the participation conditions is not agreed (NO in Step S55), the CPU 106 judges whether or not a certain period has passed after displaying the link participation condition display screen on the liquid crystal display 16 (Step S56). When the certain period has not passed yet (NO in Step S56), the CPU 106 transfers the processing to Step S55. When the certain period has passed (YES in Step S56), the CPU terminates the display of the link participation condition display screen on the liquid crystal display 16 (Step S57). Thereafter, the CPU 106 terminates the JP bonus participation acceptance processing.
In Step S58 to take place when the participation condition for the specific link is agreed (YES) in Step S55, the CPU 106 transmits a notice of agreement with the participation condition for the specific link to the relay controller 4. This notice includes the information on the link the participation condition of which is agreed and the identification information on the slot machine 10 which agrees with the participation condition for the link. Thereafter, the CPU 106 terminates the JP bonus participation acceptance processing.
Next, the link setting acceptance processing shown in Step S32 in FIG. 76 will be described with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 78.
In Step S61, the CPU 106 judges whether or not the status notified by the relay controller 4 represents that the slot machine 10 is the host machine. When the status does not represent the host machine (NO in Step S61), the CPU 106 terminates the link setting acceptance processing. When the status represents the host machine (YES in Step S61), the CPU 106 judges whether or not there is an input of a request for setting the link (Step S62). This judgment may be executed by means of the touch panel 16 a detecting the player's touch operation of the liquid crystal display 16, for example. Alternatively, it is also possible to provide a switch dedicated to the request for setting the link near the liquid crystal display 16 and to detect the player's operation of the switch.
When the request for setting the link is not inputted (NO in Step S62), the CPU 106 terminates the link setting acceptance processing. When the request for setting the link is inputted (YES in Step S62), the CPU 106 displays a link setting input screen on the liquid crystal display 16 (Step S63).
As shown in FIG. 80, for example, the link setting input screen includes respective option buttons for the ranks (“MINI,” “MAJOR,” and “MEGA”) of the JP bonus to be shared by participants in the newly set link and for the participation conditions (“LOW,” “MEDIUM” and “HIGH”), as well as respective buttons for “OK” and “CANCEL.” After selecting one of the options for the rank and one of the options for the participation conditions by touching the applicable buttons, the touch operation of the “OK” button makes it possible to fix the link setting request with the rank and the participation condition selected by then. When the “CANCEL” button is touched, the link setting request is not executed. Here, when any of the participation conditions “MEDIUM” and “HIGH” that have a play zone restriction is selected, a screen for inputting the concrete play zone may be displayed on the liquid crystal display 16.
Then, the CPU 106 judges which one of the “OK” button and the “CANCEL” button on the link setting input screen is touched (Step S64). When the “CANCEL” button is touched, the CPU 106 transfers the processing to Step S66. When the “OK” button is touched, the CPU 106 transmits the link setting request data to the relay controller 4, the link setting request data requesting the setting of the link corresponding to the rank and the participation condition selected on the link setting input screen (Step S65). Thereafter, the CPU 106 transfers the processing to Step S66.
In Step S66, the CPU 106 terminates the display of the link setting input screen on the liquid crystal display 16. Thereafter, the CPU 106 terminates the link setting acceptance processing.
Next, the game display processing shown in Step S42 in FIG. 76 will be described with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 79.
In Step S71, the CPU 106 displays the scrolling symbols on the partitioned regions q11 to q53. Then, in Step S72, the CPU 106 stops the symbols in the partitioned regions q11 to q53.
In Step S73, the CPU 106 judges whether or not a winning combination is established based on the symbols stopped respectively in the fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q53.
In Step S74, the CPU 106 generates an award corresponding to the established winning combination. For example, when five “BELL” symbols are stopped as shown in FIG. 81, the winning combination is established and a payout equivalent to fifteen medals is provided. In this way, a game display processing is executed.
As described above, in the slot system according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention, when a certain slot machine 10 requests its participation in the JP bonus link, the list of the links, the participation conditions for the links and so forth shown in the link list data from the host server 1 is displayed on the liquid crystal display 16 of the certain slot machine 10. Then, when the agreement with the participation condition for one of the links in the displayed list is inputted by means of the touching operation on the liquid crystal display 16 or the like, the slot machine 10 participates in the link of the agreed participation condition. Some of credits bet on the slot games on the slot machine 10 after participating in the link is counted as the JP count value for the JP bonus of the link that the slot machine 10 participates in.
Accordingly, the player of the slot machine 10 can participate in the desired link among the multiple links sharing the JP bonuses after confirming the participation conditions, the number of the participants, the current JP count value, and the like by way of the display of the link list on the liquid crystal display 16. In this way, it is possible to provide the slot system having more entertaining properties and the control method thereof, which have a variety of JP bonuses.
Here, it is also possible to apply a configuration to allow the players on the slot machine 10 not set as the host machine and other slot machines 10 already participating in the link targeted for the request to perform chat (conversations) either by voice or display when the slot machine 10 not set as the host machine accepts the request for participation in the link of the JP bonus.
Now, a slot system according to a modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention having such a configuration will be described below. FIG. 82 is a flowchart showing a procedure of a host server in the slot system according to the modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 83A and FIG. 83B are flowcharts showing procedures of a relay controller in the slot system according to the modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 84A to FIG. 84C are flowcharts showing procedures of a slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
In this modified example, when the condition agreement data for agreeing with the participation condition of the specific link are not received (NO) in Step S15 c of the link participation acceptance processing in FIG. 66 executed by the CPU 52 of the host server 1 in the slot system of the fifth embodiment, the CPU 52 of the host server 1 transfers the processing to Step S15 f shown in FIG. 82. In this Step S15 f, the CPU 52 judges whether or not chat start request data are received from the relay controller 4 of any of the terminal stations 2. The chat start request data include information indicating the link targeted for the chat. When the chat start request data are not received (NO in Step S15 f), the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S15 c. When the chat start request data are received (YES in Step S15 f), the CPU 52 transmits chat start data to all the relay controllers 4 (Step S15 g). Thereafter, the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S15 h.
The chat start data are instruction data for causing a line to be formed, the line being used to transmit and receive chat (conversation) data mutually between the slot machine 10 participating in the link targeted for the chat indicated by the chat start request data received in Step S15 f and the slot machine 10 which makes the link participation request data received in Step S15 a. The chat start data include the identification information on the slot machines 10 targeted for transmission and reception of the chat data. The identification information on the slot machines 10 that is already participating in the link targeted for the chat and that is other than the slot machine 10 which makes the participation request data can be specified by use of the link data stored in the link list area of the RAM 55.
In Step S15 h, the CPU 52 judges whether or not chat end request data are received from the relay controller 4 of any of the terminal stations 2. As similar to the chat start request data, the chat end request data also include the information on the link targeted for the chat. When the chat end request data are not received (NO in Step S15 h), the CPU 52 repeats Step S15 h until the data are received. When the data are received (YES in Step S15 h), the CPU 52 transmits chat end data to the relay controllers 4 (Step S15 i). Thereafter, the CPU 52 terminates the link participation acceptance processing.
The chat end data are instruction data for causing the line to be dismissed, the line being used to transmit and receive the chat (conversation) data formed in accordance with the instruction in the chat start data. As similar to the chat start data, the chat end data also include the identification information on the slot machines 10 targeted for transmission and reception of the chat data.
Except for the portions described above, the contents of the link participation acceptance processing in FIG. 82 executed by the CPU 52 of the host server 1 in this modified example are the same as the contents of the link participation acceptance processing in FIG. 66 executed by the CPU 52 of the host server 1 in the slot system of the fifth embodiment.
Moreover, in this modified example, in Step S23 d of the link participation processing in FIG. 72 executed by the CPU 91 of the relay controller in the slot system of the fifth embodiment, the CPU 91 transmits the received link list data to the slot machine 10 which has made the request for participation in the link received in Step S23 a, and then the CPU 91 of the relay controller 4 transfers the processing to Step S23 e 1 shown in FIG. 83A. In this Step S23 e 1, the CPU 91 judges whether or not a notice of agreement with the participation condition of the specific link is received from the slot machine 10 which makes the request. When the request is received (YES in Step S23 e 1), the CPU 91 transmits the condition agreement data to the host server 1 (Step S23 f) and then transfers the processing to Step S23 g.
On the contrary, in Step S23 e 1, when the notice of agreement with the participation condition of the specific link is not received from the slot machine 10 which makes the request (NO), the CPU 91 judges whether or not a predetermined period has passed after transmitting the link list data to the slot machine 10 which makes the request in Step S23 d (Step S23 k) as shown in FIG. 83B. When the predetermined period has passed (YES in Step S23 k), the CPU 91 transfers the processing to Step S23 i in FIG. 83A. When the predetermined period has not passed yet (NO in Step S23 k), the CPU 91 judges whether or not a chat start notice is received from the slot machine 10 which makes the request (Step S231).
When the chat start notice is not received (NO in Step S231), the CPU 91 transfers the processing to Step S23 p. When the chat start notice is received (YES in Step S231), the CPU 91 transmits the chat start request data to the host server 1 (Step S23 m). The chat start request data includes the information indicating the link targeted for the chat which is contained in the chat start notice.
Next, the CPU 91 judges whether or not a chat end notice is received from the slot machine 10 which makes the request (Step S23 n). When the chat end notice is not received (NO in Step S23 n), the CPU 91 repeats Step S23 n until the notice is received. When the notice is received (YES in Step S23 n), the CPU 91 transmits the chat end request data to the host server 1 (Step S23 o). The chat end request data include the information indicating the link targeted for the chat included in the chat end notice. Thereafter, the CPU 91 transfers the processing to the above-described Step S23 e 1 in FIG. 83A.
In Step 23 p to which the CPU 91 transfers the processing when the chat start notice is not received (NO in Step S231), the CPU 91 judges whether or not a chat start data is received from the host server 1. When the chat start data is not received (NO in Step S23 p), the CPU 91 transfers the processing to Step S23 e 1 in FIG. 83A. When the chat start data is received (YES in Step S23 p), the CPU 91 transmits a chat start notification data to the slot machines 10 having the identification information included in the chat start data as a target for transmission and reception of the chat data (Step S23 q).
Next, the CPU 91 judges whether or not a chat end data is received from the host server 1 (Step S23 r). When the chat end data is not received (NO in Step S23 r), the CPU 91 repeats Step S23 r until the chat end data is received. When the chat end data is received (YES in Step S23 r), the CPU 91 transmits a chat end notification data to the slot machines 10 having the identification information included in the chat end data as a target for transmission and reception of the chat data (Step S23 s). Thereafter, the CPU 91 transfers the processing to the above-described Step S23 e 1 in FIG. 83A.
Except for the portions described above, the contents of the link participation request processing in FIG. 83A and FIG. 83B executed by the CPU 91 of the relay controller 4 in this modified example are the same as the contents of the link participation request processing in FIG. 72 executed by the CPU 91 of the relay controller 4 in the slot system of the fifth embodiment.
Furthermore, in this modified example, when the request for participation in the link of the JP bonus is not inputted (NO) as shown in FIG. 84A in Step S51 of the JP bonus participation acceptance processing in FIG. 77 executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 in the slot system of the fifth embodiment, the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 transfers the processing to Step S51A shown in FIG. 84B. In Step S51A, the CPU 106 judges whether or not the chat start request data are received from the host server 1. When the chat start request data are received (YES in Step S51A), the CPU 106 perform pop-up display of a chat screen shown in FIG. 86 on the liquid crystal display 16 in a smaller size than the screen of the liquid crystal display 16 (Step S51B). Thereafter, the CPU 106 terminates the JP bonus participation acceptance processing.
On the contrary, when the chat start request data are not received (NO) from the host server 1 in Step S51A, the CPU 106 judges whether or not the chat end request data are received from the host server 1 (Step S51C). When the chat end request data are received (YES in Step S51C), the CPU 106 terminates the pop-up display of the chat screen in FIG. 86 on the liquid crystal display 16 (Step S51D). Thereafter, the CPU 106 terminates the JP bonus participation acceptance processing.
In addition, in this modified example, when the certain period has not been passed (NO) after displaying the link participation condition display screen on the liquid crystal display 16 as shown in FIG. 84A in Step S56 of the JP bonus participation acceptance processing in FIG. 77 executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 in the slot system of the fifth embodiment, the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 transfers the processing to Step S56A shown in FIG. 84C. In Step S56A, the CPU 106 judges whether or not a “chat ON” button is operated in a state where the portion with the specific link name on is touched by the player in the link participation condition display screen shown in FIG. 85.
When the “chat ON” button is not operated (NO in Step S56A), the CPU 106 transfers the processing to Step S55 in FIG. 84A. When the “chat ON” button is operated (YES in Step S56A), the CPU 106 changes the display on the liquid crystal display 16 to the chat screen shown in FIG. 86 (Step S56B). Then, the CPU 106 transmits a chat start notice to the relay controller 4 (Step S56C).
Next, in Step S56D, the CPU 106 judges whether or not a “chat OFF” button on the chat screen is operated. When the “chat OFF” button is not operated (NO in Step S56D), the CPU 106 repeats Step S56D until the button is operated. When the button is operated (YES in Step S56D), the CPU 106 changes the display on the liquid crystal display 16 to the link participation condition display screen shown in FIG. 85 (Step S56E). Then, the CPU 106 transmits a chat end notice to the relay controller 4 (Step S56F). Thereafter, the CPU 106 transfers the processing to Step S55 in FIG. 84A.
Except for the portions described above, the contents of the JP bonus participation acceptance processing in FIG. 84A to FIG. 84C executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 in this modified example are the same as the contents of the JP bonus participation acceptance processing in FIG. 77 executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 in the slot system of the fifth embodiment.
In this modified example, the slot machine 10 is provided with a microphone 28 and a voice analysis circuit 126 as shown in FIG. 87. The microphone 28 outputs a signal corresponding to a voice spoken by the player of the slot machine 10 to the voice analysis circuit 126. The voice analysis circuit 126 analyzes the voice signal inputted from the microphone 28 and converts the signal into character data, and then outputs the character data to the CPU 106 through the input-output bus 104. The slot machine 10 and other slot machines 10 participating in the link for the chat exchange the character data inputted to their respective CPUs 106 therebetween via the relay controllers 4 and the host server 1 while the chat transmission and reception line is established.
In the slot system according to the modified example of the fifth embodiment, as the above-described processing operations are further executed by the CPUs 52, 91, and 106 of the host server 1, each relay controller 4, and each slot machine 10, each slot machine 10 can utilize the chat function when the request for participation in the link is inputted. That is, as the “chat ON” button on the link participation condition display screen in FIG. 85 to be displayed on the liquid crystal display 16 is operated in a state where the specific link is selected by the touch operation at the portion with the specific link name on, it is possible to chat with other slot machines 10 already participating in the specific link thus selected. In this chat, the voice of the conversation spoken by the player of the slot machine 10 is converted into the character data and displayed on the chat screen shown in FIG. 86.
For this reason, when the player of a certain slot machine 10 wishes to participate in a specific link, it is possible to obtain from other players useful information for judging whether or not it is appropriate to participate in the specific link by talking with the players of other slot machines 10 already participating in the link. In this way, it is possible to provide a slot system having more excellent properties and a control method thereof by offering more comfort in selecting a desired link for participation out of multiple links.
Note that the above-described slot system according to the fifth embodiment is configured to consolidate management of multiple participation conditions for the links with use of the host server 1 and to manage the JP count values for the JP bonuses shared by the links by use of the relay controller 4 of the terminal station 2 in which the slot machine 10 in operation that was the very first to start the games is present, among the relay controllers 4 of the terminal stations 2.
Nevertheless, it is also possible to consolidate management of the JP count values for the JP bonuses corresponding to the links by use of the host server 1 together with the participation conditions for the links. Now, a slot system and a control method thereof according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention having such a configuration will be described below. In the slot system according to the sixth embodiment, the relay controller 4 of each of the terminal stations 2 does not perform the processing operations shown in the flowcharts from FIG. 69 to FIG. 75 unlike the slot system of the fifth embodiment. In the slot system according to the sixth embodiment, the relay controller 4 is simply configured to relay the signals transmitted and received between the host server 1 and the respective slot machines 10.
Moreover, in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment, the procedure of processing operations shown in flowcharts from FIG. 88 to FIG. 93 are executed by the CPU 52 of the host server 1.
First, as shown in FIG. 88, the CPU 52 of the host server 1 repeatedly executes a game status confirmation processing in Step S111, a link setting acceptance processing in Step S113, a link participation acceptance processing in Step S115, a JP count value reception processing in Step S117, and a JP bonus establishment data reception processing in Step S119.
Now, in the game status confirmation processing in Step S111, as shown in FIG. 89, the CPU 52 judges whether or not there is a slot machine 10 on which a slot game that has not been executed for a certain period or longer is executed (Step S111 a) When such a slot machine 10 is not present (NO in Step S111 a), the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S111 c. When such a slot machine 10 is present (YES in Step S111 a), the CPU 52 determines that the game is started on the slot machine 10 and places the slot machine 10 at the tail end of the game starting order stored in the game starting order storage area in the RAM 55 (Step S111 b). Then, the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S111 e.
In Step S111 c, the CPU 52 judges whether or not there is a slot machine 10 on which a slot game has not been executed for the certain period or longer. When such a slot machine 10 is not present (NO in Step S111 c), the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S111 e. When such a slot machine 10 is present (YES in Step S111 c), the CPU 52 determines that the game is ended on the slot machine 10 and deletes the slot machine 10 from the game starting order in the RAM 55 (Step S111 d). Then, the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S111 e.
In Step S111 e, the CPU 52 judges whether or not the slot machine 10 located on the top of the game starting order in the RAM 55 is changed. When the slot machine 10 on the top is not changed (NO in Step S111 e), the CPU 52 terminates the game status confirmation processing. When the slot machine 10 on the top is changed (YES in Step S111 e), the CPU 52, after this change, changes setting by defining as the host machine the slot machine 10 that is newly located on the top of the game starting order in the RAM 55 (Step S111 f). Thereafter, the CPU 52 notifies the slot machine 10 determined as the host machine after the change of the setting, of the status of being set as the host machine, and notifies the other slot machines 10 of the status of not being set as the host machine (Step S111 g). Thereafter, the CPU 52 terminates the game status confirmation processing.
Next, in the link setting acceptance processing in Step S113, as shown in FIG. 90, the CPU 52 judges whether or not the link setting request data are received from the slot machine 10 set as the host machine (Step S113 a). The link setting request data include the request for setting a new link and the information on the participation condition of that link.
When the link setting request data are not received (NO in Step S113 a), the CPU 52 terminates the link setting acceptance processing. When the link setting request data are received (YES in Step S113 a), the CPU 52 ensures the area in the RAM 55 to store as the link data the participation condition of the link indicated by the received link setting request data together with the link number indicating the link, the rank (“MEGA,” “MAJOR” or “MINI”) of the link, the details and the number of the slot machines 10 participating in the link, and the JP count value in the link collectively as the link data. Then, the CPU 52 stores the participation condition of the link indicated by the received link setting request data and the link number, in the link list data area in the RAM 55 thus ensured (Step S113 b). Thereafter, the CPU 52 terminates the link setting acceptance processing. Here, the link number may be automatically numbered by the CPU 52 upon receipt of the link setting request data in order to discriminate the link requested for the setting from other existing links.
Next, in the link participation acceptance processing in Step S115, as shown in FIG. 91, the CPU 52 judges whether or not the link participation request data are received from any of the slot machines 10 not set as the host machine (Step S115 a). When the link participation request data are not received (NO in Step S115 a), the CPU 52 terminates the link participation acceptance processing. When the link participation request data are received (YES in Step S115 a), the CPU 52 transmits the link list data to the slot machine 10 which is the sender of the link participation request data (Step S115 b). Thereafter, the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S115 c.
Here, the link list data include the numbers and the participation conditions of the respective links stored in the link list data area of the RAM 55, as well as the details and the number of the slot machines participating in the links, and the JP count values for the links.
In Step S115 c, the CPU 52 judges whether or not the condition agreement data for agreeing with the participation condition of a specific link are received from the slot machine 10 which is the sender of the link participation request data. The condition agreement data include the information indicating the link the participation condition of which is agreed and the identification information of the slot machine 10 which is the sender of the condition agreement data. When the condition agreement data are not received (NO in Step S115 c), the CPU 52 terminates the link participation acceptance processing. When the condition agreement data are received (YES in Step S115 c), the CPU 52 allows the slot machine 10 being the sender of the received condition agreement data to participate in the link indicated in the received condition agreement data (Step S115 d) To be more precise, concerning the link indicated by the received condition agreement data, the details of the participants and the number of the participants in the corresponding link stored in the link list data area of the RAM 55 are updated with the contents including the slot machine 10 which is the sender of the received condition agreement data. Thereafter, the CPU 52 terminates the link participation acceptance processing.
In the JP count value reception processing in Step S117, as shown in FIG. 92, the CPU 52 judges whether or not JP count value data are received from any of the slot machines 10 (Step S117 a). The JP count value data include the JP count value for the JP bonus which represents some (such as 5%) of the wager bet on the slot machine 10 which is the sender of the data.
When the JP count value data are not received (NO in Step S117 a), the CPU 52 terminates the JP count value reception processing. When the JP count value data are received (YES in Step S117 a), the CPU 52 increments the JP count value, counted by the counter 96, of the link that the slot machine 10 being the sender of the JP count value data participates in (Step S117 b). The link that the slot machine 10 being the sender of the JP count value data participates in can be specified by use of the link data stored in the link list area of the RAM 55. Then, the CPU 52 updates the JP count value corresponding to the link in the link data stored in the link list data area of the RAM 55 with the incremented JP count value (Step S117 c). Thereafter, the CPU 52 terminates the JP count value reception processing.
Then, finally in the JP bonus establishment data reception processing in Step S119, as shown in FIG. 93, the CPU 52 judges whether or not JP bonus establishment data are received from any of the slot machines 10 (Step S119 a).
When the JP bonus establishment data are not received (NO in Step S119 a), the CPU 52 terminates the JP bonus establishment data reception processing. When the JP bonus establishment data are received (YES in Step S119 a), the CPU 52 transmits the payout instruction data for the JP bonus to the slot machine 10 which is the sender of the JP bonus establishment data. The payout instruction data include the information on the payout amount of the JP bonus to be executed by the slot machine 10 being the sender.
For example, when the rank is set to “MEGA” in the link data of the RAM 55 containing the slot machine 10 where the JP bonus is established as information for the details of the participants, the payout instruction data containing the information defining a payout of 10,000 medals as the payout amount for the JP bonus are transmitted to the slot machine 10 being the sender. Thereafter, the CPU 52 terminates the JP bonus establishment data reception processing.
In addition, in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment, the contents of the JP bonus participation acceptance processing shown in Step S31 and the contents of the link setting acceptance processing shown in Step S32 in FIG. 76, which are both executed by the CPU 106 of each of the slot machines 10, are partially changed from the contents shown in FIG. 77 and FIG. 78 to the contents shown in FIG. 94 and FIG. 95, respectively.
First, in the JP bonus participation acceptance processing shown in Step S31 in FIG. 76, as shown in the flowchart in FIG. 94, the CPU 106 transmits the link participation request to the host server 1 (Step S52A) when the request for participation in the link of the JP bonus is inputted (YES) in Step S51. Meanwhile, when the participation condition of the specific link is agreed (YES) in Step S55, the CPU 106 transmits the notice of agreement with the participation condition of the specific link to the host server 1. This notice includes the information indicating the link targeted for agreement with the participation condition. Thereafter, the CPU 106 terminates the JP bonus participation acceptance processing.
Except for the portions described above, the contents of the JP bonus participation acceptance processing in FIG. 94 executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 in the sixth embodiment are the same as the contents of the JP bonus participation acceptance processing in FIG. 77 executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 in the slot system of the fifth embodiment.
Next, in the link setting acceptance processing shown in Step S32 in FIG. 76, as shown in the flowchart in FIG. 95, when the “OK” button on the link setting input screen is touched, the CPU 106 transmits the link setting request data to the host server 1, the link setting request data being used for requesting the setting of the link having the rank and the participation condition selected on the link setting input screen (Step S65A). Thereafter, the CPU 106 transfers the processing to Step S66.
Except for the portions described above, the contents of the link setting acceptance processing in FIG. 95 executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 in the sixth embodiment are the same as the contents of the link setting acceptance processing in FIG. 78 executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 in the slot system of the fifth embodiment.
As described above, in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention, when a certain slot machine 10 requests its participation in the link of the JP bonus, the list including the links, the participation conditions for the links, and so forth indicated in the link list data transmitted from the host server 1 is displayed on the liquid crystal display 16 of the slot machine as similar to the slot system according to the fifth embodiment. Then, the agreement with the participation condition of one of the links in the displayed list is inputted by means of the touch operation on the liquid crystal display 16 or the like, the slot machine 10 participates in the link having the agreed participation condition. Some of credits bet on the slot games on the slot machine after participation in the link is counted as the JP count value for the JP bonus of the link that the slot machine 10 participates in.
For this reason, the player of the slot machine 10 is able to participate in a desired link among the multiple links that share the JP bonuses after confirming the participation condition, the number of the participants, the current JP count values and other factors by way of the display of the link list on the liquid crystal display 16. In this way, it is possible to provide the slot system having more excellent properties with a variety of JP bonuses and the control method thereof.
In the above-described slot system of the sixth embodiment, it is also possible to apply a modified example similar to the slot system according to the fifth embodiment.
Specifically, it is also possible to apply a configuration to allow the players on the slot machine 10 not set as the host machine and other slot machines 10 already participating in the link targeted for the request to perform chat (conversations) either by voice or display when accepting the request for participation in the link of the JP bonus from the slot machine 10 which is not set as the host machine.
Now, a slot system according to a modified example of the sixth embodiment of the present invention with addition of the chat function will be described below. FIG. 96 is a flowchart showing a procedure of a host server in the slot system according to the modified example of the sixth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 97A and FIG. 97B are flowcharts showing procedures of the slot machine in the slot system according to the modified example of the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
In this modified example, when the condition agreement data for agreeing with the participation condition of the specific link are not received (NO) in Step S115 c of the link participation acceptance processing in FIG. 91 executed by the CPU 52 of the host server 1 in the slot system of the sixth embodiment, the CPU 52 of the host server 1 transfers the processing to Step S115 f shown in FIG. 96. In this Step S115 f, the CPU 52 judges whether or not the chat start request data are received from the slot machine 10 which is the sender of the link participation request data. The chat start request data include the information indicating the link targeted for the chat. When the chat start request data are not received (NO in Step S115 f), the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S115 c. When the chat start request data are received (YES in Step S115 f), the CPU 52 transmits the chat start data to the slot machines 10 participating in the link targeted for the chat (Step S115 g). Thereafter, the CPU 52 transfers the processing to Step S115 h.
The chat start data are the instruction data for causing a line to be formed, the line being used to transmit and receive the chat (conversation) data mutually between the slot machine 10 participating in the link targeted for the chat indicated by the chat start request data received in Step S115 f and the slot machine 10 which makes the link participation request data received in Step S115 a. The chat start data include the identification information on the slot machines 10 targeted for transmission and reception of the chat data. The identification information on the slot machines 10 that is already participating in the link targeted for the chat and that is other than the slot machine 10 which makes the participation request data can be specified by use of the link data stored in the link list area of the RAM 55.
In Step S115 h, the CPU 52 judges whether or not the chat end request data are received from the slot machine 10 which is the sender of the link participation request data. As similar to the chat start request data, the chat end request data also include the information on the link targeted for the chat. When the chat end request data are not received (NO in Step S115 h), the CPU 52 repeats Step S115 h until the data are received. When the data are received (YES in Step S115 h), the CPU 52 transmits the chat end data to all the slot machines 10 participating in the link targeted for the chat (Step S115 i). Thereafter, the CPU 52 terminates the link participation acceptance processing.
The chat end data are the instruction data for causing the line to be dismissed, the line being used to transmit and receive the chat (conversation) data formed in accordance with the instruction in the chat start data. As similar to the chat start data, the chat end data also include the identification information on the slot machines 10 targeted for transmission and reception of the chat data.
Except for the portions described above, the contents of the link participation acceptance processing in FIG. 96 executed by the CPU 52 of the host server 1 in this modified example are the same as the contents of the link participation acceptance processing in FIG. 82 executed by the CPU 52 of the host server 1 in the slot system of the sixth embodiment.
Meanwhile, in this modified example, when the certain period has not been passed (NO) after displaying the link participation condition display screen on the liquid crystal display 16 as shown in FIG. 97A in Step S56 of the JP bonus participation acceptance processing in FIG. 84A executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 in the slot system of the sixth embodiment, the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 transfers the processing to Step S56A shown in FIG. 97B. In this Step S56A, the CPU 106 judges whether or not the “chat ON” button is operated in the state where the portion with the specific link name on is touched by the player in the link participation condition display screen shown in FIG. 85.
When the “chat ON” button is not operated (NO in Step S56A), the CPU 106 transfers the processing to Step S55 in FIG. 97A. When the “chat ON” button is operated (YES in Step S56A), the CPU 106 changes the display on the liquid crystal display 16 to the chat screen shown in FIG. 86 (Step S56B). Then, the CPU 106 transmits the chat start notice to the host server 1 (Step S56C1).
Next, in Step S56D, the CPU 106 judges whether or not the “chat OFF” button on the chat screen is operated. When the “chat OFF” button is not operated (NO in Step S56D), the CPU 106 repeats Step S56D until the button is operated. When the button is operated (YES in Step S56D), the CPU 106 changes the display on the liquid crystal display 16 to the link participation condition display screen shown in FIG. 85 (Step S56E). Then, the CPU 106 transmits the chat end notice to the host server 1 (Step S56F1). Thereafter, the CPU 106 transfers the processing to Step S55 in FIG. 97A.
Except for the portions described above, the contents of the JP bonus participation acceptance processing in FIG. 97A to FIG. 97C executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 in this modified example are the same as the contents of the JP bonus participation acceptance processing in FIG. 84A to FIG. 84C executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 in the slot system of the sixth embodiment.
Moreover, in this modified example, when the request for participation in the link of the JP bonus is not inputted (NO) in Step S51 in FIG. 97A, the procedure starting from Step S51A in FIG. 84B is executed.
Further, in this modified example as well, the slot machine 10 is provided with the microphone 28 and the voice analysis circuit 126 as shown in FIG. 87 similarly to the modified example of the fifth embodiment. The microphone 28 outputs a signal corresponding to a voice spoken by the player of the slot machine 10 to the voice analysis circuit 126. The voice analysis circuit 126 analyzes the voice signal inputted from the microphone 28 and converts the signal into character data, and then outputs the character data to the CPU 106 through the input-output bus 104. The slot machine 10 and other slot machines 10 participating in the link for the chat exchange the character data inputted to their respective CPUs 106 therebetween via the relay controllers 4 and the host server 1 while the chat transmission and reception line is established.
In this way, according to the slot system of the modified example of the sixth embodiment as well, each slot machine 10 can utilize the chat function when the request for participation in the link is inputted as similar to the slot system of the modified example of the fifth embodiment. That is, as the “chat ON” button on the link participation condition display screen in FIG. 85 to be displayed on the liquid crystal display 16 is operated in a state where the specific link is selected by the touch operation at the portion with the specific link name on, it is possible to chat with other slot machines 10 already participating in the specific link thus selected. In this chat, the voice of the conversation spoken by the player of the slot machine 10 is converted into the character data and displayed on the chat screen shown in FIG. 86.
For this reason, when the player of a certain slot machine 10 wishes to participate in a specific link, it is possible to obtain from other players useful information for judging whether or not it is appropriate to participate in the specific link by talking with the players of other slot machines 10 already participating in the link. In this way, it is possible to provide a slot system having more excellent properties and a control method thereof by offering more comfort in selecting a desired link for participation out of multiple links.
Next, a slot system and a control method thereof according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described. As described previously, the host server 1 as shown in FIG. 52 is omitted in the slot system according to the seventh embodiment. Therefore, the slot system according to the seventh embodiment has the configuration shown in FIG. 98.
Moreover, in the slot system according to the seventh embodiment, the functions of the host server 1 is imparted to one of the slot machine 10 that belongs to any of the terminal stations 2. For this reason, a counter 129 is added to the slot machine 10 in the slot system according to the seventh embodiment as shown in FIG. 99 as compared to the configuration of the slot machine 10 in the slot system of the fifth embodiment as shown in FIG. 58. Moreover, in order to impart the functions of the host server 1 to the slot machine 10, the probability tables for “MEGA,” “MAJOR,” and “MINI” as shown in FIG. 61 are set in the RAM 110 of the slot machine 10 in the slot system according to the seventh embodiment.
In the above-described slot system according to the seventh embodiment, the CPU 106 of each of the slot machines 10 executes the procedures shown in the flowcharts in FIG. 76, FIG. 94, FIG. 95, and FIG. 79 in the same manner as in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment. Moreover, in the slot system according to the seventh embodiment, the first slot machine 10 that starts the slot game is set as the host machine while the rest of the slot machines 10 are set as client machines. When the player of the slot machine 10 set as the host machine ends the games on this slot machine 10 by operating the payout switch 23 to discharge the medals, for example, the setting of the second slot machine 10 that starts the slot game is changed from the client machine to the host machine.
The functions equivalent to the host server 1 in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment are added to the slot machine 10 set as the host machine. Therefore, the procedures shown in the flowcharts from FIG. 88 to FIG. 93 that are executed by the CPU 52 of the host server 1 in the slot system according to the sixth embodiment are further executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 set as the host machine. Here, the areas provided in the RAM 55 of the host server 1 are provided in the RAM 110 of the slot machine 10 set as the host machine in the slot system according to the seventh embodiment.
Moreover, the various kinds of data and the like transmitted from the slot machines other than the one set as the host machine to the host server 1 in the slot system of the sixth embodiment are entirely transmitted to the slot machine 10 set as the host machine in the slot system of the seventh embodiment.
In the slot system according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention configured as described above, when a certain slot machine 10 requests its participation in the link of the JP bonus, the list including the links, the participation conditions for the links, and the like indicated on the link list data sent from the slot machine set as the host machine is displayed on the liquid crystal display 16 of the slot machine 10. Thereafter, when the agreement with the participation condition of one of the links in the displayed list is inputted by means of the touch operation of the liquid crystal display 16, for example, the slot machine 10 participates in the link having the agreed participation condition. Some of the credits bet on the slot games on that slot machine 10 after participating in the link is counted as the JP count value for the JP bonus of the link that the slot machine 10 participates in.
For this reason, the player of the slot machine 10 can participate in the desired link among the multiple links sharing the JP bonuses after confirming the participation condition, the number of the participants, the current JP count value, and the like by way of the display of the link list on the liquid crystal display 16. In this way, it is possible to provide the slot system having more entertaining properties and the control method thereof, which have a variety of JP bonuses.
Here, in the slot system according to the seventh embodiment described above, it is also possible to apply a configuration with a similar modified example to those in the slot systems according to the first and sixth embodiments.
Specifically, it is also possible to allow the players on that slot machine 10 and other slot machines 10 already participating in the link targeted for the request to perform chat (conversations) either by voice or display when accepting the request for participation in the link of the JP bonus from the slot machine 10 not set as the host machine 10.
Here, in the slot system according to the modified example of the seventh embodiment of the present invention with addition of the chat function, the JP bonus participation acceptance processing shown in FIG. 94 out of the processing operations executed by the CPU 106 of each of the slot machines 10 in the slot system of the sixth embodiment is changed to the contents shown in FIG. 97A, FIG. 84B, and FIG. 97B, which are executed by the CPU 106 of each of the slot machines 10 in the slot system of the modified example of the sixth embodiment.
In addition, in the slot system according to the modified example of the seventh embodiment of the present invention with addition of the chat function, the link participation acceptance processing shown in FIG. 91 out of the processing operations executed by the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 set as the host machine in the slot system of the sixth embodiment is changed to the contents shown in FIG. 96.
In the slot system according to the modified example of the seventh embodiment of the present invention having the above-described configuration, each slot machine 10 can utilize the chat function similarly to the slot systems according to the modified examples of the first and sixth embodiments when the request for participation in the link is inputted. That is, as the “chat ON” button on the link participation condition display screen in FIG. 85 displayed on the liquid crystal display 16 is operated in a state where the specific link is selected by the touch operation at the portion with the specific link name on, it is possible to chat with other slot machines 10 already participating in the specific link thus selected. In this chat, the voice of the conversation spoken by the player of the slot machine 10 is converted into the character data and displayed on the chat screen shown in FIG. 86.
For this reason, when the player of a certain slot machine 10 wishes to participate in a specific link, it is possible to obtain from other players useful information for judging whether or not it is appropriate to participate in the specific link by talking with the players of other slot machines 10 already participating in the link. In this way, it is possible to provide a slot system having more excellent properties and a control method thereof by offering more comfort in selecting a desired link for participation out of multiple links.
The slot system and the control method of the present invention have been described above with reference to certain illustrated embodiments. However, it is to be understood that the present invention will not be limited only to these embodiments and that the configurations of the respective constituents can be replaced by other arbitrary configuration having similar functions.
For example, in the above-described embodiments, the liquid crystal display 16 is configured to have fifteen partitioned regions q11 to q53 that are defined by five columns and three rows. However, it is possible to determine, as needed, the number of columns and rows in the matrix of the partitioned regions that constitutes the display.

8th and 9th Embodiments

In these embodiments, step numbers shown in flow charts may be redundantly presented in other embodiments, but they are used independently from the other embodiments.
FIG. 100 is a diagram showing a configuration of a terminal station 2 installed in a gaming system according to the present invention. FIG. 101 shows a diagram of network connections. Hereinafter, outline of the gaming system according to a eighth embodiment of the present invention is explained with reference to FIGS. 100 and 101.
As shown in FIG. 101, the terminal stations 2 (three in the figure) are connected via a network 3 and a host server 1 is connected to the network 3. In addition, as shown in FIG. 100, each of the terminal stations 2 includes slot machines 10 (gaming machine), a relay controller 4, a main display 5 and a count display 6.
Each of the slot machines 10 executes slot games for a player and can participate in one of JP bonuses (progressive bonuses) linked among the slot machines 10. In the present embodiment, JP bonuses with three ranks “MEGA”, “MAJOR” and “MINI” are setup and a player at each of the slot machines 10 can participate in any of the JP bonuses. The JP bonuses “MEGA”, “MAJOR” and “MINI” are setup so that their winning probabilities and payout amounts due to a winning are differentiated from each other and they will be explained later in detail. Although an example is explained in the present embodiment, in which three JP bonus ranks “MEGA” “MAJOR” and “MINI” are setup, the present invention is not limited to the three ranks.
On winning a JP bonus at a slot machine 10, a payout will be provided according to the JP bonus in which the slot machine 10 participates. For example, when a JP bonus is won at the slot machine 10 participating in “MINI”, a payout amount of “MINI” 1,000 medals are paid out.
Therefore, it is possible for a player of each of the slot machines 10 to select any of the JP bonuses from among “MEGA”, “MAJOR” and “MINI” for a slot game execution.
The relay controller 4 connects with the terminal stations 2 via the network 3. The relay controller 4 transmits a part of wagers bet at each of the slot machines 10 to the host server 1 as a JP count value and receives data of a JP count total value stored in the host server 1 to display the JP count value on the count display 6. The relay controller 4 also displays a variety of data relating to game progress on the main display 5. For example, text strings “Now, “MAJOR” bonus is awarded at No. XX. Congratulations!!” are displayed as shown in FIG. 124 when any one of the slot machines 10 has won a “MAJOR” bonus.
FIG. 102 is a perspective view showing an external appearance of the slot machine 10 in the eighth embodiment according to the present invention. Hereinafter, a configuration of the slot machine 10 provided in each of the terminal stations 2 is explained with reference to FIG. 102.
As shown in FIG. 102, the slot machine 10 includes a cabinet 11, a top box 12 installed on a top of the cabinet 11 and a main door 13 provided on a front face of the cabinet 11. The cabinet 11 is has an LCD 16 on its surface facing a player. Various components including a controller 40 (see FIG. 103) for electrically controlling the slot machine 10, a hopper 44 (see FIG. 103) for controlling insertion, storage and payout of medals and so on are provided within the cabinet 11.
Although medals are adopted as gaming media used in a slot game execution in the present embodiment, the gaming media are not limited to the medals but to coins, tokens, electronic money or electronic value information (credit) equivalent thereto can be adopted.
The main door 13 is installed on the cabinet 11 so as to be able to open and close and the LCD 16 is provided at almost middle of the main door 13. A total of fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53 (see FIG. 122) are provided on the LCD 16 in three-row by five-column matrix and various symbols can be displayed in the segmented areas q11 to q53. Specifically, symbols displayed in the segmented areas q11 to q53 start successive switching-over concurrently after a slot game starting and then stop after a predetermined time period has elapsed. A payout is provided according to symbol combination achieved by the symbols in the segmented areas q11 to q53. For example, a payout is provided when a predetermined number of scatter symbols appear in the fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53.
As shown in FIG. 122, each two-digit suffix attached to the segmented areas “q” indicates “column” and “row”. For example, the segmented area in the first column and the first row is indicated by “q11” and the segmented area in the fifth column and the third row is indicated by “q53”.
A credit display area 49 for displaying a current credit and a payout display area 48 for displaying a payout amount are provided on a bottom left area of the LCD 16 as shown in FIG. 102.
A medal insertion slot 21 into which medals to be used for a slot game play are inserted and a bill validator 22 for validating bills and accepting legitimate bills are provided beneath the LCD 16. Various operation switches are provided near the medal insertion slot 21 and the bill validator 22.
A payout switch 23, a max-bet switch 24, a bet switch 25, a spin/repeat-bet switch 26 and a start switch 27 are provided as the operation switches.
The bet switch 25 is a switch to determine a credit amount to be bet on a slot game executed on the LCD 16. As will be described later, a credit(s) corresponding to one medal is bet each pressing of the bet switch 25.
The spin/repeat-bet switch 26 is a switch to bet credits for a slot game play without changing credit amount bet on the last game by the bet switch 25.
The start switch 27 is a switch to start a slot game after a desired credit amount is bet. A slot game is started on the LCD 16when the start switch 27 is pressed after a medal insertion into the medal insertion slot 21 or a credit bet by way of the bet switch 25.
The payout switch 23 is a switch to eject a payout as medals corresponding to credits. The medals for the payout are ejected from a medal payout opening 19 opened beneath the front face of the main door 13. The paid out medals are stored on a medal tray 18.
The max-bet switch 24 is a switch to bet a maximum credit amount capable of being bet on a single slot game (for example, credits corresponding to thirty medals) by one operation.
A foot display 34 is provided at a lower part of the front face of the main door 13, on which various images relating to a slot game in the slot machine 10 are displayed. These images include a character in the slot machine 10 and soon, for example.
Lamps 47 are provided on both sides of the foot display 34 and they illuminate according to an illuminating pattern previously set for a slot game executed at the slot machine 10. The payout opening 19 from which medals for a payout are ejected and the medal tray 18 on which the paid out medals are stored are provided beneath the foot display 34.
Speakers 29 are provided on side faces of the top box 12 and an upper display 33 is provided on a front face of the top box 12. The upper display 33 includes an LCD panel and various images such as the character images of a slot game are displayed thereon.
A ticket printer 35, a card reader 36, a data display 37 and a keypad 38 are provided beneath the upper display 33.
The ticket printer 35 prints a bar code on a ticket and outputs the ticket as a bar-coded ticket 39, into which data such as a payout amount, date, and an ID number of the slot machine 10, are encoded. A player can use the bar-coded ticket 39 to play a game at another slot machine or can exchange with bills of each currency at a predetermined area in a gaming arcade (for example, a casher in a casino).
A smart cart can be inserted into the card reader 36 and the card reader 36 reads data from the inserted smart card and writes data to the smart card. The smart card is carried by a player and stores data to identify the player and data about a gaming history of the player. The smart card may store data equivalent to coins, bills or credits. In addition, a magnetic stripe card may be adopted instead of the smart card,.
The data display 37 is composed of a fluorescent display or the like and displays the data read by the card reader 36 and data input by a player via the keypad 38, for example.
The keypad 38 is used for instruction inputs and data inputs with respect to a ticket issuance or the like.
FIG. 103 is a block diagram showing electrical configuration of the controller 40 (terminal controller) and various devices connected to the controller 40 in the slot machine 10 in the present embodiment. The controller 40 in the slot machine 10 shown in FIG. 103 is a microcomputer and includes interface circuits 102, an I/O bus 104, a CPU 106, a ROM 108, a RAM 110, a signal communication interface circuit 111, a random number generator (RNG) 112, a speaker drive circuit 122, a hopper drive circuit 124, a display drive circuit 128 and a display controller 140.
The interface circuits 102 are connected to the I/O bus 104 and the I/O bus 104 transmits data signals or address signals with the CPU 106.
The start switch 27 is connected to the interface circuits 102. A start signal output from the start switch 27 is transmitted to the CPU 106 via the I/O bus 104 after having been converted into a predefined signal in the interface circuits 102.
Further, the bet switch 25, the max-bet switch 24, the spin/repeat-bet switch 26 and the payout switch 23 are connected to the interface circuits 102. Each switching signal output from each of the switches 25, 24, 26 and 23 is supplied to the interface circuits 102 and transmitted to the CPU 106 via the I/O bus 104 after having been converted into a predefined signal in the interface circuits 102.
In addition, a medal sensor 43 is connected to the interface circuits 102. The medal sensor 43 is a sensor to detect a medal(s) inserted into the medal insertion slot 21 and is provided at a medal insertion portion of the medal insertion slot 21. A detection signal output from the medal sensor 43 is supplied to the interface circuits 102 and transmitted to the CPU 106 via the I/O bus 104 after having been converted into a predefined signal in the interface circuits 102.
The hopper drive circuit 124 is connected to a hopper 44 and supplies medals to the hopper 44 based on a payout command signal transmitted from the CPU 106.
The speaker drive circuit 122 outputs sound data to the speakers 29 and outputs a predetermined sound from the speakers 29.
The display drive circuit 128 transmits display data such as a payout amount and a credit amount to display the display data in the payout display area 48 and the credit display area 49.
The display controller 140 outputs display data to be displayed on the LCD 16. Further, the display controller 140 inputs an operation signal from a touchscreen 16 a provided on a surface of the LCD 16. Icons of “Setting New Group ” and “Participating in Existing Group” are displayed on the LCD 16 before a slot game is started as described later (see FIG. 126). On a player touching this selection screen, the player's operation is detected by the touchscreen 16 a and thus the icon selected by the player is confirmed.
The CPU 106 executes a slot game based on the operation signal from the switches 23, 24, 25, 26 and 27 and the detection signal from the medal sensor 43, which are connected to the interface circuits 102. In addition, the CPU 106 outputs a display command signal to the display controller 140 and controls to scroll and stop symbols in the segmented areas q11 to q53. The CPU 106 outputs a payout command signal to the hopper drive circuit 124 when a payout is to be provided. Further, the CPU 106 totally controls the slot machine 10 via the signal communication interface circuit 111. For example, the CPU 106 transmits a JP count value generated in the slot machine 10 to the host server 1.
The ROM 108 stores system programs for various control processes executed by the CPU 106.
The RAM 110 stores a variety of data used for the control execution by the CPU 106. In addition, the RAM 110 stores a payout table, in which payouts are defined according to symbol combinations to be stopped in the segmented areas q11 to q53 due to a slot game execution. FIG. 120 shows an example of a payout table. For example, it defines that twenty medals will be paid out for one bet when five “APPLE” symbols have appeared in the fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53 and that fifteen medals will be paid out for one bet and when four “APPLE” symbols have appeared.
Next, configuration of the host server 1 will be explained. FIG. 104 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the host server 1 and the host server 1 includes a signal communication I/F 53 for transmitting data with each of the terminal stations 2 via the network 3, a CPU 52 that totally controls the host server 1, a ROM 54 that stores the system programs executed by the CPU 52, a RAM 55 that stores data temporarily, a timer 56 and a keyboard 57. Further, the host server 1 includes a counter 58 that counts a JP count value bet at the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2.
The CPU 52 executes various processes based on various signals output from the terminal stations 2 and data and programs stored in the ROM 54 and the RAM 55. The CPU 52 initiatively controls the relay controller 4 and the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2 by transmitting command signals to the terminal stations 2 based on the results of the processes.
Specifically, the CPU 52 receives a part of wagers bet at the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2 as JP count values and executes a process to count the JP count values by the counter 58. At this time, the JP count values are counted separately for each of after-mentioned groups. On winning a JP bonus at any of the slot machines 10, a payout command signal corresponding to the JP bonus is output.
In addition, the RAM 55 stores a JP bonus table in which a winning probability and a payout amount for a winning are defined for each of the JP bonus ranks as shown in FIG. 121. Specifically, it is defined that a winning probability of “MEGA” is 0.01% and 10,000 medals will be paid out for its winning. And it is defined that a winning probability of “MAJOR” is 0.05% and 5,000 medals will be paid out for its winning. Further it is defined that a winning probability of “MINI” is 0.1% and 1,000 medals will be paid out for its winning.
FIG. 105 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of the relay controller 4. As shown in FIG. 105, the relay controller 4 includes a CPU 91 that totally controls the relay controller 4, a signal communication I/F 92 that communicates with the host server 1 via the network 3, an I/F for terminal 93 that communicates with each of the slot machines 10, a ROM 94 that stores the system programs executed by the CPU 91 and a RAM 95.
The CPU 91 transmits some (e.g. 5%) of wagers bet at each of the slot machines 10 to the host server 1 as a JP count value. In addition, the CPU 91 displays the total JP count value transmitted from the host server 1 on the count display 6 and notifies the total JP count value to each player in the terminal stations 2. On awarding a JP bonus at any of the slot machines 10, the CPU 91 displays its result on the main display 5 to notify the players in the terminal stations 2 that the JP bonus has been won.
Next, process procedures in the gaming system according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention will be explained. FIG. 109 is a flowchart showing process procedures in the host server 1.
In step S11, the CPU 52 (see FIG. 104) executes a new-group-setting processing. In this processing, on the new group setting request signal being received, a new group is set with a participation precondition according to a playing history of a slot machine 10 that has sent a new group setting request signal. Its details will be described later.
In step S12, the CPU 52 executes a participation-in-existing-group processing. In this processing, each slot machine 10 that has sent a request signal for participation is allowed to participate in an existing group in which a player desires to participate on the request signal for participation in an existing group being received. Its details will be described later.
In step S13, the CPU 52 executes an exclusion-from-group processing. In this processing, a slot machine 10 that has sent a participation precondition unmatch signal is excluded from the group in which the slot machine 10 is participating on the participation precondition unmatch signal being received. Its details will be described later.
In step S14, the CPU 52 reads the accumulated JP count values of the groups stored in the counter 58 (see FIG. 104) to add the JP count value sent from each of the slot machines 10 in the terminal stations 2 per each of the groups. For example, the JP count value generated by the slot machines 10 participating in a group A is increased in the counter of the group A. As a result, each accumulated JP count value of the groups is stored in the counter 58.
In step S15, the CPU 52 determines whether or not winning data of a JP bonus has been received from any of the terminal stations 2. If the winning data of the JP bonus has not been received, the processing is terminated.
On the other hand, if the winning data of the JP bonus has been received, the CPU 52 sends, in step S16, a JP bonus payout command signal to the slot machine 10 which has won the JP bonus. For example, when “MEGA” has been won at a certain slot machine 10, the CPU 52 sends the command signal for providing a 10,000-medal payout to the slot machine 10.
In step S17, the CPU 52 decreases the accumulated JP count value in the counter 58. In this process, the JP count value, 10,000 corresponding to the number of paid-out medals, is subtracted. After that, the processing is terminated. In this manner, the processes in the host server 1 are executed.
Next, the new-group-setting processing shown in step S11 in FIG. 109 is explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 110.
In step S31, the CPU 52 determines whether or not to receive a new group setting request signal from any of the slot machines 10. Here, the new group setting request signal is a signal to be transmitted on setting a new group at any of the slot machines 10. Its details will be described later.
In step S32, the CPU 52 reads a past history data of the slot machine 10 that has sent the setting request signal after receiving the new group setting request signal. Specifically, the CPU 52 reads the history data such as credits amounts for the past ten slot games at the slot machine 10.
In step S33, the CPU 52 sets a participation precondition of a new group according to the history data. A minimum bet amount for one game, a JP bonus rank (“MEGA”, “MAJOR” or “MINI”) and so on are set as the participation precondition. In this processing, the minimum bet amount for one game will be set high and the JP bonus rank is set high in the case where a credit amount per game has been large in the past ten slot games.
In step S34, the CPU 52 stores the participation precondition set in the above processing in the RAM 55. In this manner, the new-group-setting processing is executed.
Next, the participation-in-existing-group processing shown in step S12 in FIG. 109 is explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 111.
In step S51, the CPU 52 determines whether or not to receive a request signal for participation in an existing group from any of the slot machines 10. Here, the request signal for participation in an existing group is a signal to be transmitted in the case where any of the slot machines 10 desires to participate in an existing group already registered in the host server 1. Its details will be described later.
In step S52, the CPU 52 reads the participation precondition data of the group stored in the RAM 55 to confirm constituents in the group and the participation precondition of the group after receiving the request signal for participation in an existing group. For example, the participation precondition of the “group A” includes that “a minimum bet amount for one game is ten or more medals, that a JP bonus rank is MAJOR” and so on.
In step S53, the CPU 52 transmits the participation precondition of each group read in the above processing to the slot machine 10 that has transmitted the participation request signal. As a result, a list including the constituents and the precondition of the group is supplied to the slot machine 10 that has transmitted the participation request signal.
In step S54, the CPU 52 determines whether or not to receive a participation confirmation data. After that, in step S55, the CPU 52 allows concerning slot machines 10 to participate in each desired existing group after receiving the participation confirmation data. In this manner, the participation-in-existing-group processing is executed.
Next, the exclusion-from-group processing shown in step S13 in FIG. 109 is explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 112.
In step S71, the CPU 52 determines whether or not to receive a participation precondition unmatch signal from any of the slot machines 10. Here, the participation precondition unmatch signal is a signal to be transmitted in the case where a slot machine 10 participating in an existing group becomes not longer matched with the participation precondition of the existing group. Its details will be described later.
In step S72, the CPU 52 executes the exclusion processing to exclude a slot machine 10 that has sent a participation precondition unmatch signal from the group in which the slot machine 10 has participated after receiving the participation precondition unmatch signal. After that, the processing is terminated.
Next, processes in a slot machine 10 provided in each of the terminal stations 2 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 113.
In step S111, the CPU 106 (see FIG. 103) of the slot machine 10 executes a group setting processing. In the group setting processing, executed is one of setting of a new group or participating in an existing group. A participation precondition, such as a minimum bet amount on one game and a JP bonus rank (“MEGA”, “MAJOR” or “MINI”) in the slot machine 10, is set in this processing. Its details will be described later.
In step S112, the CPU 106 starts to accept medal insertion. In this process, the CPU 106 accepts the medal insertion through the medal insertion slot 21 by a player and the medal sensor 43 detects the number of inserted medals when medals are inserted.
In step S113, the CPU 106 adds the credit amount corresponding to the number of inserted medals and then displays the credits amount after adding in the credit display area 49.
In step S114, the CPU 106 determines whether or not credits have been bet. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not received has been a signal output on the bet switch 25 being pressed, a signal output on the max-bet switch 24 being pressed or a signal output on the spin/repeat-bet switch 26 being pressed. If it has been determined that credits have not been bet, its process flow returns to step S112.
On the other hand, if it has been determined in step S114 that credits has been bet, the CPU 106 advances its process flow to step S115 to subtract the credit amount had been bet. Consequently, the credit subtracted by the credit amount therefrom is displayed in the credit display area 49.
In step S116, the CPU 106 counts a preset percentage (e.g. 5%) of the credit bet as the JP count value and sends data about the JP count value to the host server 1 via the relay controller 4 and the network 3. When the host server 1 receives the JP count values sent from the slot machines 10, the values are added to the counter 58 by the process in step S14 shown in FIG. 109.
In step S117, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the start switch 27 has been pressed. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not a signal output on the start switch 27 being pressed has been received. In step S118, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a JP bonus is to be awarded when it is determined that the start switch 27 has been pressed.
In step S119, the CPU 106 determines whether or not it has been determined that a JP bonus will be won. If a JP bonus is won, the CPU 106 sends the winning data of the JP bonus to the host server 1 via the relay controller 4 and the network 3 in step S120.
In step S121, the CPU 106 executes a symbol scroll processing. In this scroll processing, executed is a process by which symbols displayed in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53 on the LCD 16 are successively switched over and then stopped after a preset time period has been elapsed to display new symbols in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53. If a winning symbol combination has appeared in the result of scrolling process, an award is provided. Details of the scroll processing will be explained later with reference to FIG. 115.
In step S122, the CPU 106 executes a payout processing. In the payout processing, the predetermined number of medals will be paid out in the case where symbols defined in the payout table as shown in FIG. 120 have been appeared. Details of the payout processing will be explained later with reference to FIG. 116.
In step S123, the CPU 106 executes a participation precondition confirmation processing. In this processing, it is determined whether or not a slot machine 10 meets a participation precondition of a group in which the slot machine 10 is participating. Its details will be described later with reference to FIG. 117.
In this manner, by repeating the processes of steps S112 to S123, the slot game (unit game) is executed repeatedly.
Next, the group setting processing in step S111 shown in FIG. 113 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 114.
In step S131, the CPU 106 confirms that which has been selected by a player, setting of a new group or participating in an existing group. For example, icons of “Setting Of New Group” and “Participation In Existing Group” are displayed on the LCD 16 as shown in FIG. 126 and the player's touch onto one of the icons is detected by the touchscreen 16 a in this process.
If participating in an existing group is selected, the CPU 106 sends a request signal for the participation in an existing group in step S132. This participation request signal is received by the host server 1. Then, the host server 1 sends the participation precondition signal in the above-mentioned processes in steps S52 and S53 shown in FIG. 111. The participation precondition signal is received by the slot machine 10.
In step S133, the CPU 106 displays the received participation precondition on the LCD 16. For example, the “Group A” icon is displayed and text strings “Bet Amount On One Game: 10 Or More” and “JP Bonus: MAJOR” are further displayed as the participation precondition of the group A as shown in FIG. 127 in this process.
Then, the CPU 106 determines participation or non-participation in the group A by detecting whether or not a player has touched the “Group A” icon via the touchscreen 16 a in step S134. In addition, an icon of a next group is displayed on a “Next” icon shown in FIG. 127 being touched. Therefore, the player can select a desired group while each participation precondition of groups is being displayed on the LCD 16.
If an input for participation is detected, the CPU 106 sends the participation confirmation data to the host server 1 in step S135. As a result, the player can participate in the selected group (e.g. the group A). In this manner, the processing for participating in an existing group is executed.
On the other hand, if setting of a new group is selected in step S131, the CPU 106 sends anew group setting request signal to the host server 1 in step S136. The host server 1 receives the new group setting request signal and then registers a new group with a participation precondition being set according to the above-mentioned processes of steps S32 to S34 shown in FIG. 110.
Next, the symbol scroll processing in step S121 shown in FIG. 113 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 115.
In step S151, the CPU 106 scrolls symbols displayed in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53. In step S152, the CPU 106 stops symbols in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53.
In step S153, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a winning combination has been achieved based on the symbols appeared in the fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53.
In step S154, the CPU 106 provides an award according to the achieved winning combination. For example, if five “BELL” symbols have appeared as shown in FIG. 123, a winning combination is achieved and a fifteen-medal payout is provided. In this manner, the symbol scroll processing is executed.
Next, the payout processing in step S122 shown in FIG. 113 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 116.
In step S171, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the JP bonus payout command has been received. In this process, the command is regarded as being received by the slot machine 10 in the case where the JP bonus payout command is output from the host server 1 in step S16 shown in FIG. 109.
In step S172, the CPU 106 payouts credits corresponding to the JP bonus on receiving the JP bonus payout command.
In step S173, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the award has been prized in step S154 shown in FIG. 115. In step S174, the CPU 106 payouts credits corresponding to the award when the award has been prized. In this manner, the payout processing is executed.
Next, the participation precondition confirmation processing in step S123 shown in FIG. 113 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 117.
In step S191, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a credit amount had been bet is under the minimum bet amount defined in the participation precondition of the currently participating group. For example, if the minimum credit amount is “ten”, the CPU 106 determines whether the bet amount is under-ten or ten-or-more. If the bet amount is equal-to or more-than the minimum bet mount, the CPU 106 sets a count value T of the counter set in the RAM 110 to T=0 in step S197 and then terminates the processing.
If the bet amount is under the minimum bet amount, the CPU 106 increments the count value T in step S192. In step S193, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the count value T is “seven” or more. If the count value is “seven” or more, the CPU 106 outputs a warning. For example, text strings “Your Bet Amount Is Under Prescript Amount!!” and “Please Bet 10 Or More Credits!!” are displayed on the LCD 16 as shown in FIG. 125 to notify the player that the bet amount does not meet the participation precondition.
In step S195, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the count value is “ten” or more. If the count value is “ten” or more, that is, if the participation precondition of the group has not been met during the past ten successive games, the CPU 106 sends the participation precondition unmatch signal to the host server 1 in step S196.
When receiving the participation precondition unmatch signal, the host server 1 excludes the unmatch slot machine 10 from the group in step S72 shown in FIG. 112. In this manner, the slot machine 10 that does not meet the participation precondition is excluded from the group.
As described above, in the gaming machine according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention, a player at each of the slot machines 10 in the terminal stations 2 can participate, at a game start, in an arbitrary group with a participation precondition being defined, such as a minimum bet amount and a JP bonus rank. Therefore, a player, who wants to strive for getting a larger payout amount on winning a JP bonus with a large bet amount on one game (a so-called high roller), can select a group with a higher minimum bet amount and a higher JP bonus rank (e.g. “MEGA”) to participate in.
On the other hand, a player, who wants to play games for a long period with limited money with a smaller bet amount, can select a group with a lower minimum bet amount and a lower JP bonus rank (e.g. “MINI”) to participate in. Further, in the case where there is no existing group with a participation precondition a player desires, or where a player desires to set a new group with the player's playing style, a participation precondition of a new group can be automatically set based on the player's history data by selecting a new group setting.
As described above, with the gaming system according to the present invention, it is possible for a player to select participation in an existing group or a new group setting. Therefore, the player can play slot games in an environment suitable to the player's playing style.
In addition, if a slot machine 10 no longer meets the participation precondition of the group after the slot machine 10 participated in an arbitrary group and has played slot games, a warning is output to the slot machine 10. If the participation precondition is not made satisfied nonetheless, the slot machine 10 is excluded from the group. Therefore, only players who meet the participation precondition can participate in each group at all times.
Next, a ninth embodiment of the present invention will be explained. FIG. 107 is a network connection diagram showing a configuration of the gaming system in the ninth embodiment. The terminal stations 2 a are connected via the network 3. The gaming system in the ninth embodiment is different from the gaming system in the eighth embodiment shown in FIG. 101 in that the host server 1 is not provided.
FIG. 106 is a configuration diagram of a terminal station 2 a installed in the gaming system in the ninth embodiment. In the gaming system in the ninth embodiment, the terminal station 2 a is different from the terminal station 2 in the above-mentioned eighth embodiment in that provided are only one slot machine 10 a served as a main machine and plural slot machines 10 b served as slave machines. A JP bonus rank is preliminarily set in each of the main and slave slot machines 10 a and 10 b. For example, three machines are set exclusively for “MINI”, three machines exclusively for “MAJOR” and four machines exclusively for “MEGA” among the ten slot machines 10 a and 10 b. As a result, a player can select one with a JP bonus rank to participate in among the slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
Electrical configurations of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b will be explained hereinafter. Since each of the slave slot machines 10 b has the same configuration as shown in FIG. 103, its explanation will be omitted.
FIG. 108 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the main slot machine 10 a. As shown in FIG. 108, the main slot machine 10 a is different from the slot machine 10 shown in FIG. 103 in that a counter 129 is further included. The counter 129 counts the JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. Therefore, accumulated value of the JP count will be stored in the counter 129. Then, the controller 40 shown in FIG. 108 executes processing similarly to the host server 1 shown in FIG. 104.
It may also be possible to configure so that one of the slot machines in all of the terminal stations 2 a is served as the main slot machine 10 a with the functions of the host server 1 in the eighth embodiment. Alternatively, it may also be possible to configure so that one main slot machine 10 a is provided in each of the terminal stations 2 a.
Processing procedures in the main slot machine 10 a will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 118.
In step S211, the CPU 106 (FIG. 108) provided in the main slot machine 10 a executes a new-group-setting processing. In this processing, on a new group setting request signal being received, a new group is set by a slot machine 10 that has sent the new group setting request signal. Since this processing is the same as that in FIG. 110 described above, its explanation is omitted.
In step S212, the CPU 106 executes a participation-in -existing-group processing. In this processing, each slot machine 10 a or 10 b that has sent a request signal for participation is allowed to participate in a desired existing group on the request signal for participation in an existing group being received. Since this processing is the same as that in FIG. 111 described above, its explanation is omitted.
In step S213, the CPU 106 executes an exclusion-from group processing. In this processing, each slot machine 10 a or 10 b that has sent a participation precondition unmatch signal is excluded from its group on the participation precondition unmatch signal being received. Since this processing is the same as that in FIG. 112 described above, its explanation is omitted.
In step S214, the CPU 106 reads the accumulated JP count value stored in the counter 129 (see FIG. 108) to add the JP count value sent from each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. Therefore, the JP count value stored in the counter 129 is the accumulated value of the JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
In step S215, the CPU 106 determines whether or not winning data of a JP bonus has been received from any of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. If the winning data of a JP bonus has not been received, the processing is terminated.
On the other hand, if the winning data of a JP bonus has been received, the CPU 106 sends, in step S216, a JP bonus payout command signal to the slot machine 10 a or 10 b which has won the JP bonus. For example, when “MEGA” has been won at a certain slot machine 10 b, the CPU 106 sends the command signal for providing a 10,000-medal payout to the slot machine 10 b.
In step S217, the CPU 106 decreases the accumulated JP count value in the counter 129. In this processing, the JP count value, 10,000 corresponding to the number of paid-out medals is subtracted. After that, the processing is terminated. In this manner, the processes in the main slot machine 10 a are executed.
Next, process procedures in each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b including the main machine will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 119.
In step S231, the CPU 106 of the slot machine 10 a or 10 b executes a group setting processing. In the group setting processing, executed is one of setting of a new group or participating in an existing group. A participation precondition, such as a minimum bet amount on one game and a JP bonus rank (“MEGA”, “MAJOR” or “MINI”) in the slot machine 10 a or 10 b, is set in this processing. Since its detailed process procedure is the same as that in FIG. 114 described above, its explanation is omitted.
In step S232, the CPU 106 starts to accept medal insertion. In this process, the CPU 106 accepts the medal insertion through the medal insertion slot 21 by a player and the medal sensor 43 detects the number of inserted medals when medals are inserted.
In step S233, the CPU 106 adds the credit amount corresponding to the number of inserted medals and then displays the credit amount after adding in the credit display area 49.
In step S234, the CPU 106 determines whether or not credits have been bet. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not received has been a signal output on the bet switch 25 being pressed, a signal output on the MAX-BET switch 24 being pressed or a signal output on the spin/repeat-BET switch 26 being pressed. If it has been determined that credits have not been bet, the CPU 106 returns its process flow step S232.
On the other hand, if it has been determined in step S234 that credits have been bet, the CPU 106 advances its process flow to step S235 to subtract the credit amount had been bet. Consequently, the credit subtracted by the credit amount therefrom is displayed in the credit display area 49.
In step S236, the CPU 106 counts a preset percentage (e.g. 5%) of the credit bet as the JP count value and sends data about the JP count value to the main slot machine 10 a. The JP count value received by the slot machine 10 a is accumulated into the counter 129 in step S214 shown in FIG. 118.
In step S237, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the start switch 27 has been pressed. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not a signal output on the start switch 27 being pressed has been received. In step S238, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a JP bonus is to be awarded when it is determined that the start switch 27 has been pressed.
In step S239, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a JP bonus is won. If a JP bonus is won, the CPU 106 sends the winning data of the JP bonus to the main slot machine 10 a in step S240.
In step S241, the CPU 106 executes a symbol scroll processing. In this scroll processing, executed is a process by which symbols displayed in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53 on the LCD 16 are successively switched over and then stopped after a preset time period has been elapsed to display new symbols in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53. If a winning symbol combination has appeared in the result of scrolling process, an award is provided. Since details of the scroll processing are the same as those in FIG. 115, their explanation is omitted.
In step S242, the CPU 106 executes a payout processing. In the payout processing, the predetermined number of medals will be paid out in the case where symbols defined in the payout table as shown in FIG. 120 have been appeared. Since details of the payout processing are the same as those in FIG. 116, their explanation is omitted.
In step S243, the CPU 106 executes a participation precondition confirmation processing. In this processing, it is determined whether or not a slot machine 10 a or 10 b meets a participation precondition of a group in which the slot machine 10 a or 10 b is participating. Since its details are the same as those in FIG. 117, their explanation is omitted.
In this manner, by repeating the processes of steps S232 to S243, the slot game (unit game) is executed repeatedly at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
As described above, in the gaming machine according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, a player at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b can participate, at a game start, in an arbitrary group with a participation precondition being defined, such as a minimum bet amount and a JP bonus rank. Therefore, a player, who wants to strive for getting a larger payout amount on winning a JP bonus with a large bet amount on one game (a so-called high roller), can select a group with a higher minimum bet amount and a higher JP bonus rank (e.g. “MEGA”) to participate in.
On the other hand, a player, who wants to play games for a long period with limited money with a smaller bet amount, can select a group with a lower minimum bet amount and a lower JP bonus rank (e.g. “MINI”) to participate in. Further, in the case where there is no existing group with a participation precondition a player desires, or where a player desires to set a new group with the player's playing style, a participation precondition of a new group can be automatically set based on the player's history data by selecting a new group setting.
As described above, with the gaming system according to the present invention, it is possible for a player to select participation in an existing group or a new group setting. Therefore, the player can play slot games in an environment suitable to the player's playing style.
In addition, if a slot machine 10 a or 10 b no longer meets the participation precondition of the group after the slot machine 10 a or 10 b participated in an arbitrary group and has played slot games, a warning is output to the slot machine 10 a or 10 b. If the participation precondition is not made satisfied nonetheless, the slot machine 10 a or 10 b is excluded from the group. Therefore, only players who meet the participation precondition can participate in each group at all times.

10th to 12th Embodiments

In these embodiments, step numbers shown in flow charts may be redundantly presented in other embodiments, but they are used independently from the other embodiments.
FIG. 128 is a diagram showing a configuration of a terminal station 2 installed in a gaming system according to the present invention. FIG. 129 shows a diagram of network connections. Hereinafter, outline of the gaming system according to a tenth embodiment of the present invention is explained with reference to FIGS. 128 and 129.
As shown in FIG. 129, the terminal stations 2 (three in the figure) are connected via a network 3 and a host server 1 is connected to the network 3. In addition, as shown in FIG. 128, each of the terminal stations 2 includes slot machines 10 (gaming machine), a relay controller 4, a main display 5 and a count display 6.
In each of the slot machines 10, a process to determine whether or not a JP bonus is to be won is executed at an execution of a slot game. A predetermined amount of payout, such as 1,000 medals, will be provided of payout when a JP bonus is won.
The relay controller 4 connects with the terminal stations 2 via the network 3. The relay controller 4 transmits a part of wagers bet at each of the slot machines 10 to the host server 1 as a JP count value and receives data of a JP count total value stored in the host server 1 to display the count value on the count display 6. The relay controller 4 also displays a variety of data relating to game progress on the main display 5. For example, text strings “Now, “MAJOR” bonus is awarded at No. XX. Congratulations!!” are displayed as shown in FIG. 151 when any one of the slot machines 10 has won a JP bonus.
FIG. 130 is a perspective view showing an external appearance of the slot machine 10 in the tenth embodiment according to the present invention. Hereinafter, a configuration of the slot machine 10 provided in each of the terminal stations 2 is explained with reference to FIG. 130.
As shown in FIG. 130, the slot machine 10 includes a cabinet 11, a top box 12 installed on a top of the cabinet 11 and a main door 13 provided on a front face of the cabinet 11. The cabinet 11 is has an LCD 16 on its surface facing a player. Various components including a controller 40 (see FIG. 131) for electrically controlling the slot machine 10, a hopper 44 (see FIG. 131) for controlling insertion, storage and payout of medals and so on are provided within the cabinet 11.
Although medals are adopted as gaming media used in a slot game execution in the present embodiment, the gaming media are not limited to the medals but to coins, tokens, electronic money or electronic value information (credit) equivalent thereto can be adopted.
The main door 13 is installed on the cabinet 11 so as to be able to open and close and the LCD 16 is provided at almost middle of the main door 13. A total of fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53 (see FIG. 149) are provided on the LCD 16 in three-row by five-column matrix and various symbols can be displayed in the segmented areas q11 to q53. Specifically, symbols displayed in the segmented areas q11 to q53 start successive switching-over concurrently after a slot game starting and then stop after a predetermined time period has elapsed. A payout is provided according to symbol combination achieved by the symbols in the segmented areas q11 to q53. For example, a payout is provided when a predetermined number of scatter symbols appear in the fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53.
As shown in FIG. 149, each two-digit suffix attached to the segmented areas “q” indicates “column” and “row”. For example, the segmented area in the first column and the first row is indicated by “q11” and the segmented area in the fifth column and the third row is indicated by “q53”.
A credit display area 49 for displaying a current credit and a payout display area 48 for displaying a payout amount are provided on a bottom left area of the LCD 16 as shown in FIG. 130.
A medal insertion slot 21 into which medals to be used for a slot game play are inserted and a bill validator 22 for validating bills and accepting legitimate bills are provided beneath the LCD 16. Various operation switches are provided near the medal insertion slot 21 and the bill validator 22.
A payout switch 23, a max-bet switch 24, a bet switch 25, a spin/repeat-bet switch 26 and a start switch 27 are provided as the operation switches.
The bet switch 25 is a switch to determine a credit amount to be bet on a slot game executed on the LCD 16. As will be described later, a credit(s) corresponding to one medal is bet each pressing of the bet switch 25.
The spin/repeat-bet switch 26 is a switch to bet credits for a slot game play without changing credit amount bet on the last game by the bet switch 25.
The start switch 27 is a switch to start a slot game after a desired credit amount is bet. A slot game is started on the LCD 16when the start switch 27 is pressed after a medal insertion into the medal insertion slot 21 or a credit bet by way of the bet switch 25.
The payout switch 23 is a switch to eject a payout as medals corresponding to credits. The medals for the payout are ejected from a medal payout opening 19 opened beneath the front face of the main door 13. The paid out medals are stored on a medal tray 18.
The max-bet switch 24 is a switch to bet a maximum credit amount capable of being bet on a single slot game (for example, credits corresponding to thirty medals) by one operation.
A foot display 34 is provided at a lower part of the front face of the main door 13, on which various images relating to a slot game in the slot machine 10 are displayed. These images include a character in the slot machine 10 and soon, for example.
Lamps 47 are provided on both sides of the foot display 34 and they illuminate according to an illuminating pattern previously set for a slot game executed at the slot machine 10. The payout opening 19 from which medals for a payout are ejected and the medal tray 18 on which the paid out medals are stored are provided beneath the foot display 34.
Speakers 29 are provided on side faces of the top box 12 and an upper display 33 is provided on a front face of the top box 12. The upper display 33 includes an LCD panel and various images such as the character images of a slot game are displayed thereon.
A ticket printer 35, a card reader 36, a data display 37 and a keypad 38 are provided beneath the upper display 33.
The ticket printer 35 prints a bar code on a ticket and outputs the ticket as a bar-coded ticket 39, into which data such as a payout amount, date, and an ID number of the slot machine 10, are encoded. A player can use the bar-coded ticket 39 to play a game at another slot machine or can exchange with bills of each currency at a predetermined area in a gaming arcade (for example, a casher in a casino).
A smart cart can be inserted into the card reader 36 and the card reader 36 reads data from the inserted smart card and writes data to the smart card. The smart card is carried by a player and stores data to identify the player and data about a gaming history of the player. The smart card may store data equivalent to coins, bills or credits. In addition, a magnetic stripe card may be adopted instead of the smart card,.
The data display 37 is composed of a fluorescent display or the like and displays the data read by the card reader 36 and data input by a player via the keypad 38, for example.
The keypad 38 is used for instruction inputs and data inputs with respect to a ticket issuance or the like.
FIG. 131 is a block diagram showing electrical configuration of the controller 40 (terminal controller) and various devices connected to the controller 40 in the slot machine 10 in the present embodiment. The controller 40 in the slot machine 10 shown in FIG. 131 is a microcomputer and includes interface circuits 102, an I/O bus 104, a CPU 106, a ROM 108, a RAM 110, a signal communication interface circuit 111, a random number generator (RNG) 112, a speaker drive circuit 122, a hopper drive circuit 124, a display drive circuit 128 and a display controller 140.
The interface circuits 102 are connected to the I/O bus 104 and the I/O bus 104 transmits data signals or address signals with the CPU 106.
The start switch 27 is connected to the interface circuits 102. A start signal output from the start switch 27 is transmitted to the CPU 106 via the I/O bus 104 after having been converted into a predefined signal in the interface circuits 102.
Further, the bet switch 25, the max-bet switch 24, the spin/repeat-bet switch 26 and the payout switch 23 are connected to the interface circuits 102. Each switching signal output from each of the switches 25, 24, 26 and 23 is supplied to the interface circuits 102 and transmitted to the CPU 106 via the I/O bus 104 after having been converted into a predefined signal in the interface circuits 102.
In addition, a medal sensor 43 is connected to the interface circuits 102. The medal sensor 43 is a sensor to detect a medal (s) inserted into the medal insertion slot 21 and is provided at a medal insertion portion of the medal insertion slot 21. A detection signal output from the medal sensor 43 is supplied to the interface circuits 102 and transmitted to the CPU 106 via the I/O bus 104 after having been converted into a predefined signal in the interface circuits 102.
The hopper drive circuit 124 is connected to a hopper 44 and supplies medals to the hopper 44 based on a payout command signal transmitted from the CPU 106.
The speaker drive circuit 122 outputs sound data to the speakers 29 and outputs a predetermined sound from the speakers 29.
The display drive circuit 128 transmits display data such as a payout amount and a credit amount to display the display data in the payout display area 48 and the credit display area 49.
The display controller 140 outputs display data to be displayed on the LCD 16. Further, the display controller 140 inputs an operation signal from a touchscreen 16 a provided on a surface of the LCD 16.
The CPU 106 executes a slot game based on the operation signal from the switches 23, 24, 25, 26 and 27 and the detection signal from the medal sensor 43, which are connected to the interface circuits 102. In addition, the CPU 106 outputs a display command signal to the display controller 140 and controls to scroll and stop symbols in the segmented areas q11 to q53. The CPU 106 outputs a payout command signal to the hopper drive circuit 124 when a payout is to be provided. Further, the CPU 106 totally controls the slot machine 10 via the signal communication interface circuit 111. For example, the CPU 106 transmits a JP count value generated in the slot machine 10 to the host server 1.
The ROM 108 stores system programs for various control processes executed by the CPU 106.
The RAM 110 stores a variety of data used for the control execution by the CPU 106. In addition, the RAM 110 stores a payout table, in which payouts are defined according to symbol combinations to be stopped in the segmented areas q11 to q53 due to a slot game execution. FIG. 148 shows an example of a payout table. For example, it defines that twenty medals will be paid out for one bet when five “APPLE” symbols have appeared in the fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53 and that fifteen medals will be paid out for one bet and when four “APPLE” symbols have appeared.
Next, configuration of the host server 1 will be explained. FIG. 132 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the host server 1 and the host server 1 includes a signal communication I/F 53 for transmitting data with each of the terminal stations 2 via the network 3, a CPU 52 that totally controls the host server 1, a ROM 54 that stores the system programs executed by the CPU 52, a RAM 55 that stores data temporarily, a timer 56 and a keyboard 57. Further, the host server 1 includes a counter 58 that counts a JP count value bet at the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2.
The CPU 52 executes various processes based on various signals output from the terminal stations 2 and data and programs stored in the ROM 54 and the RAM 55. The CPU 52 initiatively controls the relay controller 4 and the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2 by transmitting command signals to the terminal stations 2 based on the results of the processes.
Specifically, the CPU 52 receives a part of wagers bet at the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2 as JP count values and executes a process to count the JP count values by the counter 58. On winning a JP bonus at any of the slot machines 10, a payout command signal corresponding to the JP bonus is output.
In addition, the RAM 55 stores JP probability tables in which winning probabilities of JP bonuses are defined as shown in FIG. 147. Specifically, five JP probability tables C1 to C5 are stored in the present embodiment and one of them is selected arbitrarily to determine whether or not to award a JP bonus.
FIG. 133 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of the relay controller 4. As shown in FIG. 133, the relay controller 4 includes a CPU 91 that totally controls the relay controller 4, a signal communication I/F 92 that communicates with the host server 1 via the network 3, an I/F for terminal 93 that communicates with each of the slot machines 10, a ROM 94 that stores the system programs executed by the CPU 91 and a RAM 95.
The CPU 91 transmits some (e.g. 5%) of wagers bet at each of the slot machines 10 to the host server 1 as a JP count value. In addition, the CPU 91 displays the total JP count value transmitted from the host server 1 on the count display 6 and notifies the accumulated JP count value to each player in the terminal stations 2. On winning a JP bonus at any of the slot machines 10, the CPU 91 displays its result on the main display 5 to notify the players in the terminal stations 2 that the JP bonus has been won.
Next, process procedures in the gaming system according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention are explained. FIGS. 137 and 138 are a flowchart showing process procedures in the host server 1.
In step S11, the CPU 52 (see FIG. 132) reads the JP count value stored in the counter 58. In this case, the JP count value stored in the counter 58 is an accumulation of the JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 in the terminal stations 2.
In step S12, the CPU 52 increases the JP count value stored in the counter 58 based on the JP count value transmitted from each of the terminal stations 2.
In step S13, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP count value stored in the counter 58 has reached a predetermined threshold (for example, 5,000). Then, if the JP count value is under the threshold, the CPU 52 advances its process flow to step S14. Alternatively, if the JP count value is equal-to or more-than the threshold, its process flow is advanced to step S19 shown in FIG. 138.
In step S14, the CPU 52 sets a JP probability table for determining whether or not to win a JP bonus to C1. Here, the JP probability tables are shown in the above-mentioned FIG. 147 and a winning probability of a JP bonus is defined as 0.001% in the JP probability table C1.
In step S15, the CPU 52 transmits data of the JP probability table C1 set in step S14 to the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2.
In step S16, the CPU 52 determines whether or not JP bonus right acquisition data have been received. In this process, it is determined whether or not a JP bonus right has been acquired based on the JP probability table C1 at each of the slot machines 10 and also it is determined whether or not data indicating acquisition of the JP bonus right have been received from the concerning slot machines 10.
In step S17, the CPU 52 transmits JP bonus winning data to all of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired a JP bonus right when it has received the JP bonus right acquisition data. As a result, the JP bonus is won and a payout corresponding to the JP bonus is provided at all of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right.
In step S18, the CPU 52 decreases the JP count value by the payout due to the JP bonus winning to stores its result in the counter 58.
On the other hand, if it is determined in step S13 that the JP count value is equal-to or more-than the threshold, the CPU 52 randomly sets the allowable number N of JP bonus winnings in step S19 shown in FIG. 138.
In step S20, the CPU 52 randomly sets a JP probability table from among C2 to C5. As shown in FIG. 147, a JP bonus winning probability is set to 0.01% in a JP probability table C2, a JP bonus winning probability is set to 0.02% in a JP probability table C3, a JP bonus winning probability is set to 0.05% in a JP probability table C4 and a JP bonus winning probability is set to 0.1% in a JP probability table C5. As described above, the JP probability tables are defined so that the JP bonus winning probability is made higher in order of C5, C4, C3, C2 and C1.
In step S21, the CPU 52 transmits data of the JP probability table set in step S20 to each of the slot machines 10.
In step S22, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP bonus right acquisition data have been received from any of the slot machines 10. In this process, it is determined whether or not an acquisition right for a JP bonus has been given based on the JP probability table (any of C2 to C5) at each of the slot machines 10 and also it is determined whether or not data indicating acquisition of a JP bonus right have been received from the concerning slot machines 10.
In step S23, the CPU 52 activates a timer to be set in the RAM 55 to start counting an elapsed time t from the time of receiving the JP bonus right acquisition data if it has received the JP bonus right acquisition data.
In step S24, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the elapsed time t has reached a preset time T. For example, the preset time T is a time required for one slot game execution at a slot machine 10.
In step S25, the CPU 52 recognizes the number M of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T when the elapsed time t has reached the preset time T.
In step S26, the CPU 52 determines whether or not M>N based on M recognized in step S25 and N set in step S19. In other words, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T exceeds the allowable number N of JP bonus winnings. If M>N, the CPU 52 advances its process flow to step S27. Alternatively, if M≦N, its process flow is advanced to step S28.
In step S27, the CPU 52 transmits JP bonus winning data to N number of the slot machines each of which has acquired a JP bonus right earlier among M number of the slot machines 10. Here, the meaning of “has acquired a JP bonus right earlier” is not that “receiving time of the host server 1 is earlier” but that “actual time when each of the slot machines 10 acquires a JP bonus right is earlier”. Therefore, even if it takes time for the host server 1 to receive JP bonus acquisition data form a slot machine 10 that is placed far apart from the host server 1 and has acquired a JP bonus right, the slot machine 10 that has acquired a JP bonus right earlier can win a JP bonus preferentially irrespective of time required for signal communication.
In step S28, the CPU 52 transmits JP bonus winning data to all of the M number of the slot machines 10. In other words, the CPU 52 transmits the JP bonus winning data to all of the M number of the slot machines 10 in the case where the M number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T does not reach the allowable number N of JP bonus winnings.
In step S29, the CPU 52 decreases the JP count value by a payout due to a JP bonus winning to stores its result in the counter 58. In this manner, the process procedures by the host server 1 are executed.
Next, process procedures in each of the slot machines 10 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 139.
In step S51, the CPU 106 (see FIG. 131) of the slot machine 10 receives the JP probability table transmitted from the host server 1. In this process, the CPU 106 receives the JP probability table transmitted from the host server 1 in step S15 shown in FIG. 137 or in step S21 shown in FIG. 138 to store the JP probability table in the RAM 110.
In step S52, the CPU 106 starts to accept medal insertion. In this process, it accepts the medal insertion through the medal insertion slot 21 by a player and the medal sensor 43 detects the number of inserted medals when medals are inserted.
In step S53, the CPU 106 adds the credit amount corresponding to the number of inserted medals and then displays the credits amount after adding in the credit display area 49.
In step S54, the CPU 106 determines whether or not credits has been bet. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not to have received a signal output from the bet switch 25 on being pressed, a signal output from the max-bet switch 24 on being pressed or a signal output from the spin/repeat-bet switch 26 on being pressed. If it has been determined that credits have not been bet, its process flow returns to step S52.
On the other hand, when it has been determined in step S54 that credits has been bet, the CPU 106 advances its process flow to step S55 to subtract the credit amount had been bet. Consequently, the credit subtracted by the credit amount therefrom is displayed in the credit display area 49.
In step S56, the CPU 106 counts a preset percentage (e.g. 5%) of the credit bet as the JP count value and sends data about the count value to the host server 1 via the relay controller 4 and the network 3. When the host server 1 receives the JP count values set from the slot machines 10, the values are added to the counter 58 by the process in step S12 shown in FIG. 137.
In step S57, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the start switch 27 has been pressed. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not to have received a signal output from the start switch 27 on being pressed. In step S58, the CPU 106 determines whether or not to acquire a JP bonus right when it is determined that the start switch 27 has been pressed. This determination process is executed based on the JP probability table received in step S51.
In step S59, the CPU 106 determines whether or not it has been determined that the JP bonus right has been acquired. In step S60, the CPU 106 transmits the right acquisition data to the host server 1 via the relay controller 4 and the network 3 when the JP bonus right has been acquired.
In step S61, the CPU 106 executes a symbol scroll processing. In this scroll processing, executed is a process by which symbols displayed in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53 on the LCD 16 are successively switched over and then stopped after a preset time period has been elapsed to display new symbols in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53. If a winning symbol combination has appeared in the result of scrolling process, an award is provided. Details of the scroll processing will be explained later with reference to FIG. 140.
In step S62, the CPU 106 executes a payout processing. In the payout processing, the predetermined number of medals are paid out when symbols defined in the payout table as shown in FIG. 148 have been appeared. Details of the payout processing will be explained later with reference to FIG. 141.
In this manner, a slot game (unit game) is executed repeatedly by repeating the processes of steps S52 to S62.
Next, the symbol scroll processing in step S61 shown in FIG. 139 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 140.
In step S71, the CPU 106 scrolls symbols displayed in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53. In step S72, the CPU 106 stops symbols in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53.
In step S73, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a winning combination has been achieved based on the symbols appeared in the fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53.
In step S74, the CPU 106 prizes an award according to the achieved winning combination. For example, if five “BELL” symbols have appeared as shown in FIG. 150, a winning combination is achieved and a fifteen-medal payout is provided. In this manner, the symbol scroll processing is executed.
Next, the payout processing in step S62 shown in FIG. 139 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 141.
In step S91, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the JP bonus winning data has been received. In this process, the data is regarded as being received by the slot machine 10 in the case where the JP bonus winning data is output from the host server 1 in step S17 shown in FIG. 137 or step S27 or S28 shown in FIG. 138.
In step S92, the CPU 106 payouts credits corresponding to the JP bonus on receiving the JP bonus winning data.
In step S93, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the award has been prized in step S74 shown in FIG. 140. In step S94, the CPU 106 payouts credits corresponding to the award when the award has been prized. In this manner, the payout processing is executed.
As described above, with the tenth embodiment according to the present invention, the allowable number N of JP bonus winnings is set when the JP count value becomes equal-to or more-than the predetermined threshold in the gaming system. Further, M and N are compared when a JP bonus right is acquired at M number of the slot machines 10 during the preset time T. If M≦N, a JP bonus will be awarded to all of the M number of the slot machines 10. If M>N, a JP bonus will be awarded to N number of the slot machines each of which has acquired a JP bonus right earlier and no JP bonus will be awarded to the other (M−N) numbers of the slot machines 10.
As a result, a JP bonus can be awarded to all of the slot machines 10 fairly irrespective of time required for transmitting the JP bonus acquisition right to the host server 1.
Next, a eleventh embodiment of the present invention will be explained. Process procedures by the host server 1 in the eleventh embodiment are different from those in the above-mentioned tenth embodiment. Hereinafter, the process procedures by the host server 1 in the eleventh embodiment will be explained with reference to FIGS. 142 and 143.
In step S103 shown in FIG. 142, the CPU 52 (see FIG. 132) reads the JP count value stored in the counter 58. In this case, the JP count value stored in the counter 58 is an accumulation of the JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 in the terminal stations 2.
In step S104, the CPU 52 increases the JP count value stored in the counter 58 based on the JP count value transmitted from each of the terminal stations 2.
In step S105, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP count value stored in the counter 58 has reached a predetermined threshold (for example, 5,000). Then, if the JP count value is under the threshold, the CPU 52 advances its process flow to step S106. Alternatively, if the JP count value is equal-to or more-than the threshold, its process flow is advanced to step S111 shown in FIG. 143.
In step S106, the CPU 52 sets a JP probability table for determining whether or not to win a JP bonus to C1. Here, the JP probability tables are shown in the above-mentioned FIG. 147 and a winning probability of a JP bonus is defined as 0.001% in the JP probability table C1.
In step S107, the CPU 52 transmits data of the JP probability table C1 set in step S106 to the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2.
In step S108, the CPU 52 determines whether or not JP bonus right acquisition data have been received. In this process, it is determined whether or not a JP bonus right has been acquired based on the JP probability table C1 at each of the slot machines 10 and also it is determined whether or not data indicating acquisition of the JP bonus right have been received from the concerning slot machines 10.
In step S109, the CPU 52 transmits JP bonus winning data to all of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired a JP bonus right when it has received the JP bonus right acquisition data. As a result, the JP bonus is won and a payout corresponding to the JP bonus is provided at all of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus rights.
In step S110, the CPU 52 decreases the JP count value by the payout due to the JP bonus winning to stores its result in the counter 58.
On the other hand, if it is determined in step S105 that the JP count value is equal-to or more-than the threshold, its process flow is advanced to step S111 shown in FIG. 143.
In step S111, the CPU 52 randomly sets the allowable number N of JP bonus winnings.
In step S112, the CPU 52 randomly sets a JP probability table from among C2 to C5. As shown in FIG. 147, a JP bonus winning probability is set to 0.01% in a JP probability table C2, a JP bonus winning probability is set to 0.02% in a JP probability table C3, a JP bonus winning probability is set to 0.05% in a JP probability table C4 and a JP bonus winning probability is set to 0.1% in a JP probability table C5. As described above, the JP probability tables are defined so that the JP bonus winning probability is made higher in order of C5, C4, C3, C2 and C1.
In step S113, the CPU 52 transmits data of the JP probability table set in step S12 to each of the slot machines 10. However, the CPU 52 transmits a JP probability table one rank higher to the slot machines 10 to which a probability shift flag “F” is set. Here, the probability shift flag “F” is a flag given to the slot machines 10 each of which won no JP bonus despite having acquired a JP bonus right. Its details will be explained later. In addition, the phrase “JP bonus one rank higher” means C3 in the case where the JP probability table set in step S112 is C2, which is one rank higher than C2. Similarly, C4 is set instead of C3 or C5 is set instead of C4. In the case of C5, C5 is stayed as it is.
In step S114, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP bonus right acquisition data have been received from any of the slot machines 10. In this process, it is determined whether or not an acquisition right for a JP bonus has been given based on the JP probability table (any of C2 to C5) at each of the slot machines 10 and also it is determined whether or not data indicating acquisition of a JP bonus right have been received from the concerning slot machines 10.
In step S115, the CPU 52 activates a timer to be set in the RAM 55 to start counting an elapsed time t from the time of receiving the JP bonus right acquisition data if it has received the JP bonus right acquisition data.
In step S116, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the elapsed time t has reached a preset time T. For example, the preset time T is a time required for one slot game execution at a slot machine 10.
In step S117, the CPU 52 recognizes the number M of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T when the elapsed time t has reached the preset time T.
In step S118, the CPU 52 determines whether or not M>N based on M recognized in step S117 and N set in step S111. In other words, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T exceeds the allowable number N of JP bonus winnings. If M>N, the CPU 52 advances its process flow to step S119. Alternatively, if M≦N, its process flow is advanced to step S121.
In step S119, the CPU 52 transmits JP bonus winning data to N number of the slot machines each of which has acquired a JP bonus right earlier among M number of the slot machines 10. Here, the meaning of “has acquired a JP bonus right earlier” is not that “receiving time of the host server 1 is earlier” but that “actual time when each of the slot machines 10 acquires a JP bonus right is earlier”. Therefore, even if it takes time for the host server 1 to receive JP bonus acquisition data form a slot machine 10 that is placed far apart from the host server 1 and has acquired a JP bonus right, the slot machine 10 that has acquired a JP bonus right earlier can win a JP bonus preferentially irrespective of time required for signal communication.
In step S120, the probability shift flag “F” is set to each of the (M−N) number of the slot machines 10 to which the JP bonus winning data weren't transmitted in step S119. In other words, the probability shift flag “F” is set to each of the slot machines 10 that acquired a JP bonus right but failed to enter the allowable number M of winnings. Data on the probability shift flag “F” are stored in the RAM 55.
In step S121, the CPU 52 transmits JP bonus winning data to all of the M number of the slot machines 10. In other words, the CPU 52 transmits the JP bonus winning data to all of the M number of the slot machines 10 in the case where the M number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T does not reach the allowable number N of JP bonus winnings.
In step S122, the CPU 52 determines whether or not a slot machine(s) 10 to which the JP bonus winning data have been transmitted exists among the slot machines 10 to each of which the probability shift flag “F” is being set.
In step S123, if the slot machine(s) 10 to which the JP bonus winning data have been transmitted exists, the CPU 52 resets the probability shift flag “F” being set to the slot machine(s) 10.
In step S124, the CPU 52 decreases the JP count value by a payout due to a JP bonus winning to stores its result in the counter 58. In this manner, the process procedures by the host server 1 are executed.
As described above, with the eleventh embodiment, the allowable number N of JP bonus winnings is set when the JP count value becomes equal-to or more-than the predetermined threshold in the gaming system. Further, M and N are compared when a JP bonus right is acquired at M number of the slot machines 10 during the preset time T. If M≦N, a JP bonus will be awarded to all of the M number of the slot machines 10. If M>N, a JP bonus will be awarded to N number of the slot machines each of which has acquired a JP bonus right earlier and no JP bonus will be awarded to the other (M−N) numbers of the slot machines 10.
As a result, a JP bonus can be awarded to all of the slot machines 10 fairly irrespective of time required for transmitting the JP bonus acquisition right to the host server 1.
In addition, a JP probability table one rank higher is set to a slot machine(s) 10 that acquired a JP bonus right but couldn't win a JP bonus by setting the probability shift flag “F”. As a result, expectation for winning a JP bonus can be made higher because it is determined with a higher probability whether or not a JP bonus is to be won.
Next, a twelfth embodiment of the present invention will be explained. FIG. 135 is a network connection diagram showing a configuration of the gaming system in the twelfth embodiment. The terminal stations 2 a are connected via the network 3. The gaming system in the eleventh embodiment is different from the gaming system in the tenth embodiment shown in FIG. 129 in that the host server 1 is not provided.
FIG. 134 is a configuration diagram of a terminal station 2 a installed in the gaming system in the twelfth embodiment. In the gaming system in the twelfth embodiment, the terminal station 2 a is different from the terminal station 2 in the above-mentioned tenth embodiment in that provided are one slot machine 10 a served as a main machine and plural slot machines 10 b served as slave machines.
Electrical configurations of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b will be explained hereinafter. Since each of the slave slot machines 10 b has the same configuration as shown in FIG. 131, its explanation will be omitted.
FIG. 136 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the main slot machine 10 a. As shown in FIG. 136, the main slot machine 10 a is different from the slot machine 10 shown in FIG. 131 in that a counter 129 is further included. The counter 129 counts the JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. Therefore, the accumulated JP count value will be stored in the counter 129. Then, the controller 40 shown in FIG. 136 executes processing similarly to the host server 1 shown in FIG. 132.
In addition, the JP probability tables shown in FIG. 147 are stored in the RAM 110 shown in FIG. 131 and the RAM 110 shown in FIG. 136.
It may also be possible to configure so that one of the slot machines in all of the terminal stations 2 a is served as the main slot machine 10 a with the functions of the host server 1 in the tenth embodiment. Alternatively, it may also be possible to configure so that one main slot machine 10 a is provided in each of the terminal stations 2 a.
Processing procedures in the main slot machine 10 a will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 144.
In step S151, the CPU 106 (see FIG. 136) of the main slot machine 10 a reads the JP count value stored in the counter 129. In this case, the JP count value stored in the counter 129 is the accumulated JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
In step S152, the CPU 106 increases the JP count value stored in the counter 129 based on the JP count value transmitted from each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
In step S153, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the JP count value stored in the counter 129 has reached a predetermined threshold (for example, 5,000). Then, if the JP count value is under the threshold, the CPU 52 advances its process flow to step S154. Alternatively, if the JP count value is equal-to or more-than the threshold, its process flow is advanced to step S159 shown in FIG. 145.
In step S154, the CPU 106 selects C1 from among JP probability tables set for determining whether or not to win a JP bonus to C1.
In step S155, the CPU 106 transmits selection data of the JP probability table C1 selected in step S154 to the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. As explained later, each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b will read out data of C1 from among the stored JP probability tables after receiving the selection data.
In step S156, the CPU 106 determines whether or not JP bonus right acquisition data have been received. In this process, it is determined whether or not a JP bonus right has been acquired based on the JP probability table C1 at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b and also it is determined whether or not data indicating acquisition of the JP bonus right have been received from the concerning slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
In step S157, the CPU 106 transmits JP bonus winning data to all of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired a JP bonus right when it has received the JP bonus right acquisition data. As a result, the JP bonus is won and a payout corresponding to the JP bonus is provided at all of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired the JP bonus right.
In step S158, the CPU 106 decreases the JP count value by the payout due to the JP bonus winning to stores its result in the counter 129.
On the other hand, if it is determined in step S153 that the JP count value is equal-to or more-than the threshold, the CPU 106 randomly sets the allowable number N of JP bonus winnings in step S159 shown in FIG. 145.
In step S160, the CPU 106 randomly selects a JP probability table from among C2 to C5. As shown in FIG. 147, a JP bonus winning probability is set to 0.01% in a JP probability table C2, a JP bonus winning probability is set to 0.02% in a JP probability table C3, a JP bonus winning probability is set to 0.05% in a JP probability table C4 and a JP bonus winning probability is set to 0.1% in a JP probability table C5. As described above, the JP probability tables are defined so that the JP bonus winning probability is made higher in order of C5, C4, C3, C2 and C1.
In step S161, the CPU 106 transmits selection data of the JP probability table data selected in step S160 to each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. As explained later, each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b will read out any of the stored JP probability tables C2 to C5 after receiving the selection data.
In step S162, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the JP bonus right acquisition data have been received from any of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. In this process, it is determined whether or not an acquisition right for a JP bonus has been given based on the JP probability table (any of C2 to C5) at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b and also it is determined whether or not data indicating acquisition of a JP bonus right have been received from the concerning slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
In step S163, the CPU 106 activates a timer to be set in the RAM 55 to start counting an elapsed time t from the time of receiving the JP bonus right acquisition data if it has received the JP bonus right acquisition data.
In step S164, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the elapsed time t has reached a preset time T. For example, the preset time T is a time required for one slot game execution at a slot machine 10 a or 10 b.
In step S165, the CPU 106 recognizes the number M of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T when the elapsed time t has reached the preset time T.
In step S1666, the CPU 106 determines whether or not M>N based on M recognized in step S165 and N set in step S159. In other words, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T exceeds the allowable number N of JP bonus winnings. If M>N, the CPU 106 advances its process flow to step S167. Alternatively, if M≦N, its process flow is advanced to step S168.
In step S167, the CPU 106 transmits JP bonus winning data to N number of the slot machines each of which has acquired a JP bonus right earlier among M number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. Therefore, even if it takes time for the main slot machine 10 a to receive JP bonus acquisition data form a slot machine 10 b that is placed far apart from the main slot machine 10 a and has acquired a JP bonus right, the slot machine 10 b or 10 a that has acquired a JP bonus right earlier can win a JP bonus preferentially irrespective of time required for signal communication.
In step S168, the CPU 106 transmits JP bonus winning data to all of the M number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. In other words, the JP bonus winning data are transmitted to all of the M number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b in the case where the M number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T does not reach the allowable number N of JP bonus winnings.
In step S169, the CPU 106 decreases the JP count value by a payout due to a JP bonus winning to stores its result in the counter 129. In this manner, the process procedures by the main slot machine 10 a are executed.
Next, process procedures in each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b including the main machine will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 146.
In step S211, the CPU 106 (see FIG. 131) of the slot machine 10 a or 10 b receives the JP probability table selection data transmitted from the main slot machine 10 a. In this process, the CPU 106 receives the JP probability table selection data transmitted from the main slot machine 10 a in step S155 shown in FIG. 144 or in step S161 shown in FIG. 145.
In step S212, the CPU 106 reads out a JP probability table from the RAM 110 based on the selection data to set the JP probability table. For example, the CPU 106 reads out a JP probability table C2 from the RAM 110 to make it usable when receiving the selection data indicating C2.
In step S213, the CPU 106 starts to accept medal insertion. In this process, it accepts the medal insertion through the medal insertion slot 21 by a player and the medal sensor 43 detects the number of inserted medals when medals are inserted.
In step S214, the CPU 106 adds the credit amount corresponding to the number of inserted medals and then displays the credits amount after adding in the credit display area 49.
In step S215, the CPU 106 determines whether or not credits has been bet. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not to have received a signal output from the bet switch 25 on being pressed, a signal output from the max-bet switch 24 on being pressed or a signal output from the spin/repeat-bet switch 26 on being pressed. If it has been determined that credits have not been bet, its process flow returns to step S213.
On the other hand, when it has been determined in step S215 that credits has been bet, the CPU 106 advances its process flow to step S216 to subtract the credit amount had been bet. Consequently, the credit subtracted by the credit amount therefrom is displayed in the credit display area 49.
In step S217, the CPU 106 counts a preset percentage (e.g. 5%) of the credit bet as the JP count value and sends data about the count value to the main slot machine 10 a. When the main slot machine 10 a receives the JP count values set from the slot machines 10 a and 10 b, the values are added to the counter 129 by the process in step S152 shown in FIG. 144.
In step S218, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the start switch 27 has been pressed. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not to have received a signal output from the start switch 27 on being pressed. In step S219, the CPU 106 determines whether or not to acquire a JP bonus right when it is determined that the start switch 27 has been pressed. This determination process is executed based on the JP probability table set in step S212.
In step S220, the CPU 106 determines whether or not it has been determined that the JP bonus right has been acquired. In step S221, the CPU 106 transmits the right acquisition data to the main slot machine 10 a when the JP bonus right has been acquired.
In step S222, the CPU 106 executes a symbol scroll processing. In this scroll processing, executed is a process by which symbols displayed in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53 on the LCD 16 are successively switched over and then stopped after a preset time period has been elapsed to display new symbols in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53. If a winning symbol combination has appeared in the result of scrolling process, an award is provided. Detailed explanations of the scroll processing are the same as those in the processing shown in FIG. 140.
In step S223, the CPU 106 executes a payout processing. In the payout processing, the predetermined number of medals are paid out when symbols defined in the payout table as shown in FIG. 148 have been appeared. Detailed explanations of the payout processing are the same as those in the processing shown in FIG. 141.
In this manner, a slot game (unit game) is executed repeatedly by repeating the processes of steps S213 to S223.
As described above, with the twelfth embodiment according to the present invention, the allowable number N of JP bonus winnings is set when the JP count value becomes equal-to or more-than the predetermined threshold in the gaming system. Further, M and N are compared when a JP bonus right is acquired at M number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b during the preset time T. If M≦N, a JP bonus will be awarded to all of the M number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. If M>N, a JP bonus will be awarded to N number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired a JP bonus right earlier and no JP bonus will be awarded to the other (M−N) numbers of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
As a result, a JP bonus can be awarded to all of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b fairly irrespective of time required for transmitting the JP bonus acquisition right to the main slot machine 10 a.

13th and 14th Embodiments

In these embodiments, step numbers shown in flow charts may be redundantly presented in other embodiments, but they are used independently from the other embodiments.
FIG. 152 is a diagram showing a configuration of a terminal station 2 installed in a gaming system according to the present invention. FIG. 153 shows a diagram of network connections. Hereinafter, outline of the gaming system according to a thirteenth embodiment of the present invention is explained with reference to FIGS. 152 and 153.
As shown in FIG. 153, the terminal stations 2 (three in the figure) are connected via a network 3 and a host server 1 is connected to the network 3. In addition, as shown in FIG. 152, each of the terminal stations 2 includes slot machines 10 (gaming machine), a relay controller 4, a main display 5 and a count display 6.
In each of the slot machines 10, a process to determine whether or not a JP bonus is to be awarded is executed at an execution of a slot game. A predetermined amount of payout, such as 1,000 medals, will be provided of payout when a JP bonus is won.
The relay controller 4 connects with the terminal stations 2 via the network 3. The relay controller 4 transmits a part of wagers bet at each of the slot machines 10 to the host server 1 as a JP count value and receives data of a JP count total value stored in the host server 1 to display the count value on the count display 6. The relay controller 4 also displays a variety of data relating to game progress on the main display 5. For example, text strings “Now, “MAJOR” bonus is awarded at No. XX. Congratulations!!” are displayed as shown in FIG. 174 when any one of the slot machines 10 has won a JP bonus.
FIG. 154 is a perspective view showing an external appearance of the slot machine 10 in the thirteenth embodiment according to the present invention. Hereinafter, a configuration of the slot machine 10 provided in each of the terminal stations 2 is explained with reference to FIG. 154.
As shown in FIG. 154, the slot machine 10 includes a cabinet 11, a top box 12 installed on a top of the cabinet 11 and a main door 13 provided on a front face of the cabinet 11. The cabinet 11 is has an LCD 16 on its surface facing a player. Various components including a controller 40 (see FIG. 155) for electrically controlling the slot machine 10, a hopper 44 (see FIG. 155) for controlling insertion, storage and payout of medals and so on are provided within the cabinet 11.
Although medals are adopted as gaming media used in a slot game execution in the present embodiment, the gaming media are not limited to the medals but to coins, tokens, electronic money or electronic value information (credit) equivalent thereto can be adopted.
The main door 13 is installed on the cabinet 11 so as to be able to open and close and the LCD 16 is provided at almost middle of the main door 13. A total of fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53 (see FIG. 171) are provided on the LCD 16 in three-row by five-column matrix and various symbols can be displayed in the segmented areas q11 to q53. Specifically, symbols displayed in the segmented areas q11 to q53 start successive switching-over concurrently after a slot game starting and then stop after a predetermined time period has elapsed. A payout is provided according to symbol combination achieved by the symbols in the segmented areas q11 to q53. For example, a payout is provided when a predetermined number of scatter symbols appear in the fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53.
As shown in FIG. 171, each two-digit suffix attached to the segmented areas “q” indicates “column” and “row”. For example, the segmented area in the first column and the first row is indicated by “q11” and the segmented area in the fifth column and the third row is indicated by “q53”.
A credit display area 49 for displaying a current credit and a payout display area 48 for displaying a payout amount are provided on a bottom left area of the LCD 16 as shown in FIG. 154.
A medal insertion slot 21 into which medals to be used for a slot game play are inserted and a bill validator 22 for validating bills and accepting legitimate bills are provided beneath the LCD 16. Various operation switches are provided near the medal insertion slot 21 and the bill validator 22.
A payout switch 23, a max-bet switch 24, a bet switch 25, a spin/repeat-bet switch 26 and a start switch 27 are provided as the operation switches.
The bet switch 25 is a switch to determine a credit amount to be bet on a slot game executed on the LCD 16. As will be described later, a credit(s) corresponding to one medal is bet each pressing of the bet switch 25.
The spin/repeat-bet switch 26 is a switch to bet credits for a slot game play without changing credit amount bet on the last game by the bet switch 25.
The start switch 27 is a switch to start a slot game after a desired credit amount is bet. A slot game is started on the LCD 16when the start switch 27 is pressed after a medal insertion into the medal insertion slot 21 or a credit bet by way of the bet switch 25.
The payout switch 23 is a switch to eject a payout as medals corresponding to credits. The medals for the payout are ejected from a medal payout opening 19 opened beneath the front face of the main door 13. The paid out medals are stored on a medal tray 18.
The max-bet switch 24 is a switch to bet a maximum credit amount capable of being bet on a single slot game (for example, credits corresponding to thirty medals) by one operation.
A foot display 34 is provided at a lower part of the front face of the main door 13, on which various images relating to a slot game in the slot machine 10 are displayed. These images include a character in the slot machine 10 and soon, for example.
Lamps 47 are provided on both sides of the foot display 34 and they illuminate according to an illuminating pattern previously set for a slot game executed at the slot machine 10. The payout opening 19 from which medals for a payout are ejected and the medal tray 18 on which the paid out medals are stored are provided beneath the foot display 34.
Speakers 29 are provided on side faces of the top box 12 and an upper display 33 is provided on a front face of the top box 12. The upper display 33 includes an LCD panel and various images such as the character images of a slot game are displayed thereon.
A ticket printer 35, a card reader 36, a data display 37 and a keypad 38 are provided beneath the upper display 33.
The ticket printer 35 prints a bar code on a ticket and outputs the ticket as a bar-coded ticket 39, into which data such as a payout amount, date, and an ID number of the slot machine 10, are encoded. A player can use the bar-coded ticket 39 to play a game at another slot machine or can exchange with bills of each currency at a predetermined area in a gaming arcade (for example, a casher in a casino).
A smart cart can be inserted into the card reader 36 and the card reader 36 reads data from the inserted smart card and writes data to the smart card. The smart card is carried by a player and stores data to identify the player and data about a gaming history of the player. The smart card may store data equivalent to coins, bills or credits. In addition, a magnetic stripe card may be adopted instead of the smart card,.
The data display 37 is composed of a fluorescent display or the like and displays the data read by the card reader 36 and data input by a player via the keypad 38, for example.
The keypad 38 is used for instruction inputs and data inputs with respect to a ticket issuance or the like.
FIG. 155 is a block diagram showing electrical configuration of the controller 40 (terminal controller) and various devices connected to the controller 40 in the slot machine 10 in the present embodiment. The controller 40 in the slot machine 10 shown in FIG. 155 is a microcomputer and includes interface circuits 102, an I/O bus 104, a CPU 106, a ROM 108, a RAM 110, a signal communication interface circuit 111, a random number generator (RNG) 112, a speaker drive circuit 122, a hopper drive circuit 124, a display drive circuit 128 and a display controller 140.
The interface circuits 102 are connected to the I/O bus 104 and the I/O bus 104 transmits data signals or address signals with the CPU 106.
The start switch 27 is connected to the interface circuits 102. A start signal output from the start switch 27 is transmitted to the CPU 106 via the I/O bus 104 after having been converted into a predefined signal in the interface circuits 102.
Further, the bet switch 25, the max-bet switch 24, the spin/repeat-bet switch 26 and the payout switch 23 are connected to the interface circuits 102. Each switching signal output from each of the switches 25, 24, 26 and 23 is supplied to the interface circuits 102 and transmitted to the CPU 106 via the I/O bus 104 after having been converted into a predefined signal in the interface circuits 102.
In addition, a medal sensor 43 is connected to the interface circuits 102. The medal sensor 43 is a sensor to detect a medal(s) inserted into the medal insertion slot 21 and is provided at a medal insertion portion of the medal insertion slot 21. A detection signal output from the medal sensor 43 is supplied to the interface circuits 102 and transmitted to the CPU 106 via the I/O bus 104 after having been converted into a predefined signal in the interface circuits 102.
The hopper drive circuit 124 is connected to a hopper 44 and supplies medals to the hopper 44 based on a payout command signal transmitted from the CPU 106.
The speaker drive circuit 122 outputs sound data to the speakers 29 and outputs a predetermined sound from the speakers 29.
The display drive circuit 128 transmits display data such as a payout amount and a credit amount to display the display data in the payout display area 48 and the credit display area 49.
The display controller 140 outputs display data to be displayed on the LCD 16. Further, the display controller 140 inputs an operation signal from a touchscreen 16 a provided on a surface of the LCD 16.
The CPU 106 executes a slot game based on the operation signal from the switches 23, 24, 25, 26 and 27 and the detection signal from the medal sensor 43, which are connected to the interface circuits 102. In addition, the CPU 106 outputs a display command signal to the display controller 140 and controls to scroll and stop symbols in the segmented areas q11 to q53. The CPU 106 outputs a payout command signal to the hopper drive circuit 124 when a payout is to be provided. Further, the CPU 106 totally controls the slot machine 10 via the signal communication interface circuit 111. For example, the CPU 106 transmits a JP count value generated in the slot machine 10 to the host server 1.
The ROM 108 stores system programs for various control processes executed by the CPU 106.
The RAM 110 stores a variety of data used for the control execution by the CPU 106. In addition, the RAM 110 stores a payout table, in which payouts are defined according to symbol combinations to be stopped in the segmented areas q11 to q53 due to a slot game execution. FIG. 170 shows an example of a payout table. For example, it defines that twenty medals will be paid out for one bet when five “APPLE” symbols have appeared in the fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53 and that fifteen medals will be paid out for one bet and when four “APPLE” symbols have appeared.
Next, configuration of the host server 1 will be explained. FIG. 156 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the host server 1 and the host server 1 includes a signal communication I/F 53 for transmitting data with each of the terminal stations 2 via the network 3, a CPU 52 that totally controls the host server 1, a ROM 54 that stores the system programs executed by the CPU 52, a RAM 55 that stores data temporarily, a timer 56 and a keyboard 57. Further, the host server 1 includes a counter 58 that counts a JP count value bet at the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2.
The CPU 52 executes various processes based on various signals output from the terminal stations 2 and data and programs stored in the ROM 54 and the RAM 55. The CPU 52 initiatively controls the relay controller 4 and the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2 by transmitting command signals to the terminal stations 2 based on the results of the processes.
Specifically, the CPU 52 receives a part of wagers bet at the slot machines 10 in each of the terminal stations 2 as JP count values and executes a process to count the JP count values by the counter 58. On winning a JP bonus at any of the slot machines 10, a payout command signal corresponding to the JP bonus is output.
In addition, the RAM 55 stores JP probability tables in which winning probabilities of JP bonuses are defined. For example, a JP bonus probability is set to 0.01%. This JP bonus probability can be changed arbitrarily through operation of the keyboard 57 by an administrator of the host server 1.
FIG. 157 is a block diagram showing an internal configuration of the relay controller 4. As shown in FIG. 157, the relay controller 4 includes a CPU 91 that totally controls the relay controller 4, a signal communication I/F 92 that communicates with the host server 1 via the network 3, an I/F for terminal 93 that communicates with each of the slot machines 10, a ROM 94 that stores the system programs executed by the CPU 91 and a RAM 95.
The CPU 91 transmits some (e.g. 5%) of wagers bet at each of the slot machines 10 to the host server 1 as a JP count value. In addition, the CPU 91 displays the total JP count value transmitted from the host server 1 on the count display 6 and notifies the accumulated JP count value to each player in the terminal stations 2. On winning a JP bonus at any of the slot machines 10, the CPU 91 displays its result on the main display 5 to notify the players in the terminal stations 2 that the JP bonus has been won.
Next, process procedures in the gaming system according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention are explained. FIGS. 161 and 162 are a flowchart showing process procedures in the host server 1.
In step S11, the CPU 52 (see FIG. 156) reads the JP count value stored in the counter 58. In this case, the JP count value stored in the counter 58 is an accumulation of the JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 in the terminal stations 2.
In step S12, the CPU 52 increases the JP count value stored in the counter 58 based on the JP count value transmitted from each of the terminal stations 2.
In step S13, the CPU 52 randomly selects one of a single winning mode in which the JP bonus will be won at only one slot machine 10 and a multiple winning mode in which the JP bonus will be won at plural slot machines 10. This process is executed on system activation or after a JP bonus winning at any of the slot machines 10. The CPU 52 advances its process flow to step S14 if the single winning mode has been selected or advances it to step S21 shown in FIG. 162 if the multiple winning mode has been selected.
In step S14, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP bonus right acquisition data have been received. In this process, the data are received when any of the slot machines 10 has acquired the JP bonus right. Note that right acquisition time data are included in the JP bonus right acquisition data transmitted from each of the slot machines 10. Therefore, the CPU 52 can recognize the time when the JP bonus right has been acquired on receiving the JP bonus right acquisition data.
In step S15, the CPU 52 activates a timer to be set in the RAM 55 to start counting an elapsed time t from the time of receiving the JP bonus right acquisition data if it has received the JP bonus right acquisition data.
In step S16, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the elapsed time t has reached a preset time T. For example, the preset time T is a time required for one slot game execution at a slot machine 10.
In step S17, the CPU 52 recognizes all of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T when the elapsed time t has reached the preset time T.
In step S18, the CPU 52 reads the JP bonus right acquisition data transmitted from each of the slot machines 10 recognized in step S17 and further reads the time data included in the JP bonus right acquisition data.
In step S19, the CPU 52 determines the slot machine 10 that has acquired the JP bonus right acquisition data earliest based on the time data included in the JP bonus right acquisition data to transmit a JP winning data to the earliest slot machine 10. The JP winning data are not transmitted to other slot machines 10. Therefore, when the single winning mode has been selected, the JP winning data are transmitted to only one slot machine 10 that has acquired the JP bonus right acquisition data earliest.
In step S20, the CPU 52 decreases the JP count value by the payout due to the JP bonus winning to stores its result in the counter 58.
On the other hand, if the multiple winning mode has been selected in step S13, the CPU 52 randomly sets the number N1 of JP bonus winnings in step S21.
In step S22, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the JP bonus right acquisition data have been received. In this process, the data are received when any of the slot machines 10 has acquired the JP bonus right.
In step S23, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the number of acquisition times of the JP bonus right is N2 (a first preset number). Here, N2<N1, for example, N1=10 and N2=5. If it has not reached N2, the CPU 52 transmits the JP winning data to the slot machine 10 that has sent the JP bonus right acquisition data in step 31. Therefore, the JP winning data will be transmitted to the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right until the total number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right reaches N2. In this case, the JP bonus will be won immediately at the slot machine 10 that has acquired the JP bonus right and the predetermined number of medals are provided due to the JP bonus winning.
In step S24, the CPU 52 activates a timer to be set in the RAM 55 to start counting an elapsed time t from the time of receiving the JP bonus right acquisition data when the total number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right becomes equal-to or more-than N2.
In step S25, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the elapsed time t has reached a preset time T. For example, the preset time T is a time required for one slot game execution at a slot machine 10.
In step S26, the CPU 52 recognizes the number N3 of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T when the elapsed time t has reached the preset time T.
In step S27, the CPU 52 determines whether or not N3>N4 based on N3 recognized in step S26 and N4 (=N1−N2: a second preset number). In other words, the CPU 52 determines whether or not the number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T exceeds the number N4 (=N1−N2) of remaining JP bonus winnings. If N3>N4, the CPU 52 advances its process flow to step S28. Alternatively, if N3≦N4, its process flow is advanced to step S30.
In step S28, the CPU 52 reads the JP bonus right acquisition data transmitted from the N3 number of slot machines 10 and further reads the time data included in the JP bonus right acquisition data.
In step S29, the CPU 52 transmits the JP winning data to the N4 number of slot machines 10 each of which has have acquired the JP bonus right earlier based on the time data read in step S28. As a result, the JP bonus is won only at the N4 number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right earlier.
In step S30, the CPU 52 transmits the JP bonus winning data to all of the N3 number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right. As a result, the JP bonus is won at all of the N3 number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right during the preset time T.
As described above, the JP bonus winning data are transmitted to the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right until the total number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right reaches N2. Therefore, the JP bonus is won at the N2 number of the slot machines 10. After the total number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right has reached N2, the number N3 of all the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right during the preset time T is recognized. If the number N3 is equal-to or less-than the number N4 (=N1−N2) of the remaining JP winnings, the JP bonus winning data are transmitted to all the N3 number of the slot machines 10. If N3 is above N4, the JP bonus winning data are transmitted to the N4 number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right earlier based on the time data included in the JP bonus right acquisition data transmitted from the N3 number of the slot machines 10.
In step S32, the CPU 52 decreases the JP count value by a payout due to a JP bonus winning to stores its result in the counter 58. In this manner, the process procedures by the host server 1 are executed.
Next, process procedures in each of the slot machines 10 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 163.
In step S51, the CPU 106 (see FIG. 155) starts to accept medal insertion. In this process, it accepts the medal insertion through the medal insertion slot 21 by a player and the medal sensor 43 detects the number of inserted medals when medals are inserted.
In step S52, the CPU 106 adds the credit amount corresponding to the number of inserted medals and then displays the credits amount after adding in the credit display area 49.
In step S53, the CPU 106 determines whether or not credits has been bet. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not to have received a signal output from the bet switch 25 on being pressed, a signal output from the max-bet switch 24 on being pressed or a signal output from the spin/repeat-bet switch 26 on being pressed. If it has been determined that credits have not been bet, its process flow returns to step S51.
On the other hand, when it has been determined in step S53 that credits has been bet, the CPU 106 advances its process flow to step S54 to subtract the credit amount had been bet. Consequently, the credit subtracted by the credit amount therefrom is displayed in the credit display area 49.
In step S55, the CPU 106 counts a preset percentage (e.g. 5%) of the credit bet as the JP count value and sends data about the count value to the host server 1 via the relay controller 4 and the network 3. When the host server 1 receives the JP count values set from the slot machines 10, the values are added to the counter 58 by the process in step S12 shown in FIG. 161.
In step S56, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the start switch 27 has been pressed. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not to have received a signal output from the start switch 27 on being pressed. In step S57, the CPU 106 determines whether or not to acquire a JP bonus right when it is determined that the start switch 27 has been pressed.
In step S58, the CPU 106 determines whether or not it has been determined that the JP bonus right has been acquired. In step S59, the CPU 106 transmits the right acquisition data to the host server 1 via the relay controller 4 and the network 3 when the JP bonus right has been acquired.
In step S60, the CPU 106 executes a symbol scroll processing. In this scroll processing, executed is a process by which symbols displayed in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53 on the LCD 16 are successively switched over and then stopped after a preset time period has been elapsed to display new symbols in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53. If a winning symbol combination has appeared in the result of scrolling process, an award is provided. Details of the scroll processing will be explained later with reference to FIG. 164.
In step S61, the CPU 106 executes a payout processing. In the payout processing, the predetermined number of medals are paid out when symbols defined in the payout table as shown in FIG. 170 have been appeared. Details of the payout processing will be explained later with reference to FIG. 165.
In this manner, a slot game (unit game) is executed repeatedly by repeating the processes of steps S51 to S61.
Next, the symbol scroll processing in step S60 shown in FIG. 163 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 164.
In step S71, the CPU 106 scrolls symbols displayed in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53. In step S72, the CPU 106 stops symbols in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53.
In step S73, the CPU 106 determines whether or not a winning combination has been achieved based on the symbols appeared in the fifteen segmented areas q11 to q53.
In step S74, the CPU 106 prizes an award according to the achieved winning combination. For example, if five “BELL” symbols have appeared as shown in FIG. 173, a winning combination is achieved and a fifteen-medal payout is provided. In this manner, the symbol scroll processing is executed.
Next, the payout processing in step S61 shown in FIG. 163 will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 165.
In step S91, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the JP bonus winning data has been received. In this process, the data is regarded as being received by the slot machine 10 in the case where the JP bonus winning data is output from the host server 1 in step S19 shown in FIG. 161 or step S29 or S31 shown in FIG. 162.
In step S92, the CPU 106 payouts medals or credits corresponding to the JP bonus on receiving the JP bonus winning data.
In step S93, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the award has been prized in step S74 shown in FIG. 164. In step S94, the CPU 106 payouts medals or credits corresponding to the award when the award has been prized. In this manner, the payout processing is executed.
As described above, with the thirteenth embodiment according to the present invention, one of the single winning mode in which a JP bonus is won at only one slot machine 10 and the multiple winning mode in which a JP bonus is won at plural slot machines 10 is randomly set for following game executions on a system activation or after a payout for a JP bonus.
In the case where the single winning mode has been set, if the host server 1 has received the first JP bonus right acquisition data and then receives the JP bonus right acquisition data transmitted from other slot machines 10 during the preset time T from the first reception, a JP bonus will be awarded to the slot machine 10 that has acquired the JP bonus right earliest among all the slot machines 10 each of which has sent the JP bonus right acquisition data. In other words, the JP bonus is awarded to not the slot machine 10 of which the JP bonus right acquisition data has been received by the host server 1 first but the slot machine 10 that has acquired the JP bonus right earliest. Therefore, a JP bonus can be awarded preferentially to the slot machine 10 that has acquired the JP bonus right earliest and thereby fairness can be maintained irrespective of its installation location or its signal communication speed.
On the other hand, in the case where the multiple winning mode has been set, if the number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right is under N2, a JP bonus will be awarded to all of the N2 number of the slot machines 10. Therefore, it doesn't have to take a long time to award a JP bonus and a JP bonus can be awarded immediately.
If the number of the JP bonus right acquisition data received by the host server 1 is equal-to or more-than N2, the host server 1 has received the N2-th JP bonus right acquisition data and then recognizes the number N3 of the receiving JP bonus right acquisition data transmitted from other slot machines 10 during the preset time T from the N2-th reception. If N3 is equal-to or less-than the number N4 (=N1−N2) of remaining JP bonus winnings, a JP bonus will be awarded at all of the N3 number of the slot machines 10.
If N3 is above N4, a JP bonus is awarded to the N3 number of the slot machines 10 that have acquired the JP bonus right earlier among all the slot machines 10 each of which has sent the JP bonus right acquisition data during the preset time T. Therefore, a JP bonus can be awarded preferentially to the slot machines 10 that have acquired the JP bonus right earlier even though there are differences on their signal communication speed among the slot machines 10 and thereby fairness can be maintained irrespective of each installation location or each signal communication speed of each of the slot machines 10.
Next, a fourteenth embodiment of the present invention will be explained. FIG. 159 is a network connection diagram showing a configuration of the gaming system in the fourteenth embodiment. The terminal stations 2 a are connected via the network 3. The gaming system in the fourteenth embodiment is different from the gaming system in the thirteenth embodiment shown in FIG. 153 in that the host server 1 is not provided.
FIG. 158 is a configuration diagram of a terminal station 2 a installed in the gaming system in the fourteenth embodiment. In the gaming system in the fourteenth embodiment, the terminal station 2 a is different from the terminal station 2 in the above-mentioned thirteenth embodiment in that provided are one slot machine 10 a served as a main machine and plural slot machines 10 b served as slave machines.
In the gaming system according to the fourteenth embodiment, a JP bonus rank can be set arbitrarily at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. Specifically, JP bonuses with three ranks “MEGA”, “MAJOR” and “MINI” are preliminarily setup and a player at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b can select a desired JP bonus among the JP bonuses with three ranks. Here, as listed in JP bonus tables shown in FIG. 169, The “MINI” is set with a 0.1% winning probability and a 1,000 payout amount on winning. The “MAJOR” is set with a 0.05% winning probability and a 5,000 payout amount on a winning. The “MEGA” is set with a 0.01% winning probability and a 10,000 payout amount on a winning. Therefore, a player can play slot games by selecting a desired JP bonus.
In addition, a JP bonus rank can be preliminarily set per each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. For example, three “MINI”, three “MAJOR” and four “MEGA” are set among total ten slot machines 10 a and 10 b of one slot machine 10 a and nine slot machines 10 b. In this case, a player can play slot games by selecting a slot machine 10 a or 10 b to which a desired JP bonus has been set.
Electrical configurations of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b will be explained hereinafter. Since each of the slave slot machines 10 b has the same configuration as shown in FIG. 155, its explanation will be omitted.
FIG. 160 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the main slot machine 10 a. As shown in FIG. 160, the main slot machine 10 a is different from the slot machine 10 shown in FIG. 155 in that a counter 129 is further included. The counter 129 counts the JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. Therefore, the accumulated JP count value will be stored in the counter 129. Then, the controller 40 shown in FIG. 160 executes processing similarly to the host server 1 shown in FIG. 156.
In addition, the JP bonus tables shown in FIG. 169 are stored in the RAM 110 shown in FIG. 155 and the RAM 110 shown in FIG. 160.
It may also be possible to configure so that one of the slot machines in all of the terminal stations 2 a is served as the main slot machine 10 a with the functions of the host server 1 in the thirteenth embodiment. Alternatively, it may also be possible to configure so that one main slot machine 10 a is provided in each of the terminal stations 2 a.
Next, processing procedures in the gaming system according to the fourteenth embodiment will be explained. FIGS. 166 and 167 are a flow chart showing process procedures in the main slot machine 10 a.
In step S111, the CPU 106 reads the JP count value stored in the counter 129. In this case, the JP count value stored in the counter 129 is the accumulated JP count value bet at each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b in the terminal stations 2 a.
In step S112, the CPU 106 increases the JP count value stored in the counter 129 based on the JP count value transmitted from each of the terminal stations 2 a.
In step S113, the CPU 106 randomly selects, per each of the bonus ranks, one of the single winning mode in which a JP bonus will be won at only one slot machine 10 b (or 10 a) and the multiple winning mode in which a JP bonus will be won at plural slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
In other words, the single winning mode or the multiple winning mode is determined per each of the JP bonuses “MINI”, “MAJOR” AND “MEGA”. This process is executed a system activation or after a JP bonus winning at any of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. The CPU 106 advances its process flow to step S114 if the single winning mode has been selected or advances it to step S121 shown in FIG. 167 if the multiple winning mode has been selected. Note that, processes in steps S114 to S120 and processes in steps S121 to S132 are executed per each of the JP bonuses “MINI”, “MAJOR” AND “MEGA”.
In step S114, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the JP bonus right acquisition data have been received. In this process, the data are received when any of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b has acquired the JP bonus right. Note that right acquisition time data are included in the JP bonus right acquisition data transmitted from each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. Therefore, the CPU 106 can recognize the time when the JP bonus right has been acquired on receiving the JP bonus right acquisition data.
In step S115, the CPU 106 activates a timer to be set in the RAM 110 to start counting an elapsed time t from the time of receiving the JP bonus right acquisition data if it has received the JP bonus right acquisition data.
In step S116, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the elapsed time t has reached a preset time T. For example, the preset time T is a time required for one slot game execution at a slot machine 10.
In step S117, the CPU 106 recognizes all of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T when the elapsed time t has reached the preset time T.
In step S118, the CPU 106 reads the JP bonus right acquisition data transmitted from each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b recognized in step S117 and further reads the time data included in the JP bonus right acquisition data.
In step S119, the CPU 106 determines the slot machine 10 a or 10 b that has acquired the JP bonus right acquisition data earliest based on the time data included in the JP bonus right acquisition data to transmit a JP winning data to the earliest slot machine 10 a or 10 b. The JP winning data are not transmitted to other slot machines 10 a and 10 b. Therefore, when the single winning mode has been selected, the JP winning data are transmitted to only one slot machine 10 a or 10 b that has acquired the JP bonus right acquisition data earliest.
In step S120, the CPU 106 decreases the JP count value by the payout due to the JP bonus winning to stores its result in the counter 129.
On the other hand, if the multiple winning mode has been selected in step S113, the CPU 106 randomly sets the number N1 of JP bonus winnings in step S121.
In step S122, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the JP bonus right acquisition data have been received. In this process, the data are received when any of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b has acquired the JP bonus right.
In step S123, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the number of acquisition times of the JP bonus right is N2. Here, N2<N1, for example, N1=10 and N2=5. If it has not reached N2, the CPU 106 transmits the JP winning data to the slot machine 10 a or 10 b that has sent the JP bonus right acquisition data in step 131. Therefore, the JP winning data will be transmitted to the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired the JP bonus right until the total number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired the JP bonus right reaches N2. In this case, the JP bonus will be won immediately at the slot machine 10 that has acquired the JP bonus right and the predetermined number of medals are provided due to the JP bonus winning.
In step S124, the CPU 106 activates a timer to be set in the RAM 110 to start counting an elapsed time t from the time of receiving the JP bonus right acquisition data when the total number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired the JP bonus right becomes equal-to or more-than N2.
In step S125, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the elapsed time t has reached a preset time T. For example, the preset time T is a time required for one slot game execution at a slot machine 10 a or 10 b.
In step S126, the CPU 106 recognizes the number N3 of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T when the elapsed time t has reached the preset time T.
In step S127, the CPU 106 determines whether or not N3>N4 based on N3 recognized in step S126 and N4 (=N1−N2). In other words, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired a JP bonus right during the preset time T exceeds the number N4 (=N1−N2) of remaining JP bonus winnings. If N3>N4, the CPU 106 advances its process flow to step S128. Alternatively, if N3≦N4, its process flow is advanced to step S130.
In step S128, the CPU 106 reads the JP bonus right acquisition data transmitted from the N3 number of slot machines 10 a and 10 b and further reads the time data included in the JP bonus right acquisition data.
In step S129, the CPU 106 transmits the JP winning data to the N4 number of slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has have acquired the JP bonus right earlier based on the time data read in step S128.
In step S130, the CPU 106 transmits the JP bonus winning data to all of the N3 number of the slot machines 10 each of which has acquired the JP bonus right.
As described above, the JP bonus winning data are transmitted to the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired the JP bonus right until the total number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired the JP bonus right reaches N2. Therefore, the JP bonus is won at the N2 number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. After the total number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired the JP bonus right has reached N2, the number N3 of all the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired the JP bonus right during the preset time T is recognized. If the number N3 is equal-to or less-than the number N4 (=N1−N2) of the remaining JP winnings, the JP bonus winning data are transmitted to all the N3 number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. If N3 is above N4, the JP bonus winning data are transmitted to the N4 number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired the JP bonus right earlier based on the time data included in the JP bonus right acquisition data transmitted from the N3 number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
In step S132, the CPU 106 decreases the JP count value by a payout due to a JP bonus winning to stores its result in the counter 129. In this manner, the process procedures by the main slot machine 10 a are executed.
Next, process procedures in each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b will be explained with reference to a flowchart shown in FIG. 168.
In step S151, the CPU 106 (see FIG. 160) recognizes a JP bonus rank. In each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b, a “MEGA” icon 17 a, a “MAJOR” icon 17 b and a “MINI” icon 17 c are displayed as shown in FIG. 172 on starting a slot game play. When any of them is touched, the touchscreen 16 a detects it to recognize a selected icon. When an “OK” icon 17 d is touched next, the selected JP bonus is set. Alternatively, if a JP bonus “MINI”, “MAJOR” or “MEGA” is preliminarily set to each of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b, this rank is recognized.
In step S152, the CPU 106 (see FIG. 160) starts to accept medal insertion. In this process, it accepts the medal insertion through the medal insertion slot 21 by a player and the medal sensor 43 detects the number of inserted medals when medals are inserted.
In step S153, the CPU 106 adds the credit amount corresponding to the number of inserted medals and then displays the credits amount after adding in the credit display area 49.
In step S154, the CPU 106 determines whether or not credits has been bet. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not to have received a signal output from the bet switch 25 on being pressed, a signal output from the max-bet switch 24 on being pressed or a signal output from the spin/repeat-bet switch 26 on being pressed. If it has been determined that credits have not been bet, its process flow returns to step S152.
On the other hand, when it has been determined in step S154 that credits has been bet, the CPU 106 advances its process flow to step S155 to subtract the credit amount had been bet. Consequently, the credit subtracted by the credit amount therefrom is displayed in the credit display area 49.
In step S156, the CPU 106 counts a preset percentage (e.g. 5%) of the credit bet as the JP count value and sends data about the count value to the main slot machine 10 a. When the main slot machine 10 a receives the JP count values set from the slot machines 10 a and 10 b, the values are added to the counter 129 by the process in step S112 shown in FIG. 166.
In step S157, the CPU 106 determines whether or not the start switch 27 has been pressed. In this process, the CPU 106 judges whether or not to have received a signal output from the start switch 27 on being pressed. In step S158, the CPU 106 determines whether or not to acquire a JP bonus right when it is determined that the start switch 27 has been pressed.
In step S159, the CPU 106 determines whether or not it has been determined that the JP bonus right has been acquired. In step S160, the CPU 106 transmits the right acquisition data including the time data to the main slot machine 10 a when the JP bonus right has been acquired.
In step S161, the CPU 106 executes a symbol scroll processing. In this scroll processing, executed is a process by which symbols displayed in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53 on the LCD 16 are successively switched over and then stopped after a preset time period has been elapsed to display new symbols in each of the segmented areas q11 to q53. If a winning symbol combination has appeared in the result of scrolling process, an award is provided. Since details of the scroll processing are the same as those shown in FIG. 165, their explanations will be omitted.
In step S162, the CPU 106 executes a payout processing. In the payout processing, the predetermined number of medals are paid out when symbols defined in the payout table as shown in FIG. 170 have been appeared. Since details of the payout processing are the same as those shown in FIG. 165, their explanations will be omitted.
In this manner, a slot game (unit game) is executed repeatedly by repeating the processes of steps S152 to S162.
As described above, with the fourteenth embodiment according to the present invention, one of the single winning mode in which a JP bonus is won at only one slot machine 10 a or 10 b and the multiple winning mode in which a JP bonus is won at plural slot machines 10 a and 10 b is randomly set for following game executions on a system activation or after a payout for a JP bonus.
In the case where the single winning mode has been set, if the main slot machine 10 a has received the first JP bonus right acquisition data and then receives the JP bonus right acquisition data transmitted from other slot machines 10 a and 10 b during the preset time T from the first reception, a JP bonus will be awarded to the slot machine 10 b (or 10 a) that has acquired the JP bonus right earliest among all the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has sent the JP bonus right acquisition data. In other words, the JP bonus is awarded to not the slot machine 10 of which the JP bonus right acquisition data has been received by the main slot machine 10 a first but the slot machine 10 b (or 10 a) that has acquired the JP bonus right earliest. Therefore, a JP bonus can be awarded preferentially to the slot machine 10 a or 10 b that has acquired the JP bonus right earliest and thereby fairness can be maintained irrespective of its installation location or its signal communication speed.
On the other hand, in the case where the multiple winning mode has been set, if the number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has acquired the JP bonus right is under N2, a JP bonus will be awarded to all of the N2 number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b. Therefore, it doesn't have to take a long time to award a JP bonus and a JP bonus can be awarded immediately.
If the number of the JP bonus right acquisition data received by the main slot machine 10 a is equal-to or more-than N2, the main slot machine 10 a has received the N2-th JP bonus right acquisition data and then recognizes the number N3 of the receiving JP bonus right acquisition data transmitted from other slot machines 10 a and 10 b during the preset time T from the N2-th reception. If N3 is equal-to or less-than the number N4 (=N1−N2) of remaining JP bonus winnings, a JP bonus will be awarded at all of the N3 number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b.
If N3 is above N4, a JP bonus is awarded to the N3 number of the slot machines 10 a and 10 b that have acquired the JP bonus right earlier among all the slot machines 10 a and 10 b each of which has sent the JP bonus right acquisition data during the preset time T. Therefore, a JP bonus can be awarded preferentially to the slot machines 10 a and 10 b that have acquired the JP bonus right earlier even though there are differences on their signal communication speed among the slot machines 10 a and 10 b and thereby fairness can be maintained irrespective of each installation location or each signal communication speed of the slot machines 10 a or 10 b.
Although the gaming systems according to the embodiments of the present invention have been described as above, they are only presented as specific examples, without particularly limiting the present invention. Specific arrangements of respective units may be changed in design as appropriate. In addition, the effects set forth in the embodiments of the present invention are merely an enumeration of the most preferred effect which occurs from the present invention, and the effects by the present invention is not limited to those set forth in the embodiments of the present invention.
In addition, in the detailed description above, the characteristic portions are mainly described in order to make the present invention easily understandable. The present invention is not limited to the embodiments described in the detailed description above, and can be applied to the other embodiments, and its range of application is wide. Also, the terms and the terminology used in the present specification are used only for the purpose of explaining the present invention precisely, and not used for the purpose of limiting the interpretation of the present invention. Also, for those skilled in the art, it should be easy to contemplate other configurations, systems, methods, etc., that are contained in the concept of the present invention, from the content of the invention described in the present specification. Consequently, the description of the scope of claims should be construed as containing equivalent configurations within a range of not deviating from a range of the technical ideas of the present invention. Also, the purpose of the abstract is to make it possible for the patent office, the general public organizations, and technicians and the like who belong to the present technical field and who are not thoroughly familiar with patent and law terms or specialized terms, to quickly judge the technical content and its essence of the present application by a simple search. Consequently, the abstract is not intended to limit the scope of the invention which should be evaluated by the description of the scope of claims. Also, in order to sufficiently understand the purpose of the present invention and the effects specific to the present invention, they should preferably be interpreted by sufficiently referring to the documents and the like that are already disclosed in public.
Also, the detailed description above contains the processing to be executed by a computer. The explanations and expressions in the above are described for the purpose of facilitating the most efficient understanding by those skilled in the art. In the present specification, each step used in deriving one result should be understood as a processing without a self-contradiction. Also, at each step, transmission and reception, recording, etc., of electric or magnetic signals will be carried out. In the processing at each step, such signals are expressed by bits, values, symbols, letters, terms, numbers, etc., but it should be noted that they are used simply because they are convenient for the purpose of explanation. Also, there are cases where the processing at each step is described by an expression common to the human behavior, but the processing described in the present specification is to be executed by various devices in principle. Also, the other configuration required in carrying out each step will be obvious from the above description.

Claims

1. A gaming system including a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network, the system comprising:

a main controller operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings:

(a) counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value, and

(b) setting a progressive bonus with a plurality of ranks each having a different winning probability and a different award for a winning; and

a plurality of terminal controllers each provided at each of the plurality of gaming machines and each operable, according to a program stored in the memory, to execute following processings:

(A) accepting a participation in at least one of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus, and

(B) determining whether or not a progressive bonus is to be won at the winning probability of the participated progressive bonus for each unit game and providing an award for the participated progressive bonus in a case where the progressive bonus has been won.

2. The gaming system according to claim 1, wherein

the main controller is operable to vary the winning probability of a progressive bonus according to the progressive count value.

3. The gaming system according to claim 1, wherein

the progressive bonus is set so that the award is made lower as the winning probability is higher.

4. A gaming system comprising:

a plurality of gaming machines connected to one another through a network;

a counter configured to count some of a bet amount on a unit game to be executed in each of the gaming machines as a count value for a progressive bonus shared by the gaming machines; and

a controller configured to

(a) every time the unit game is executed, determine whether or not a payout condition for providing the progressive bonus is established in any of the gaming machines executing the unit games, and

(b) when firstly determining that the payout condition is established in one of the gaming machines and further determining that the payout condition is established in a different one of the gaming machines within a predetermined time period from a time point when firstly making the payout condition establishment determination, determine detailed distribution for awards from the progressive bonus to the one gaming machine and the different gaming machine.

5. The gaming system according to claim 4, further comprising:

a memory configured to store therein, as the predetermined time period, a time necessary for executing one session of the unit game; and

a timer configured to perform time count to be completed after a lapse of the predetermined time period stored in the memory, wherein

the controller is configured to

start the time count for the predetermined time period from the time point by use of the timer, and

determine the detailed distribution when further determining that the payout condition is established in the different one of the gaming machines before the time count by use of the timer is completed.

6. The gaming system according to claim 5, wherein the controller is configured to

provide the awards from the progressive bonus respectively to the one gaming machine and the different gaming machine in accordance with the determined detailed distribution after the time count by use of the timer is completed, and

newly start determining, every time the unit game is executed, whether or not the payout condition for providing the progressive bonus is established in any of the gaming machines executing the unit games, after the awards from the progressive bonus are provided.

7. The gaming system according to claim 4, wherein the controller is configured to determine the detailed distribution in accordance with timings when players of the one gaming machine and the different gaming machine complete the bonus games executed by the one gaming machine and the different gaming machine, respectively.

8. A gaming system comprising:

a plurality of gaming machines connected to one another through a network;

a counter configured to count count values respectively of a plurality of progressive bonuses, the count values being counted respectively for a plurality of links that the gaming machines participate in;

a memory configured to store participation conditions respectively for the links, the participation conditions being set by any of the gaming machines; and

a controller configured to

(a) display the participation conditions respectively for the links stored in the memory on a display of the gaming machine which makes a request for participation in any of the links,

(b) allow the gaming machine agreeing with one of the participation conditions displayed on the display to participate in the link corresponding to the agreed participation condition, and

(c) cause the counter to count the count value for the progressive bonus corresponding to the link that the gaming machine participates in, by adding some of a bet amount on a unit game executed on the gaming machine participating in the link.

9. The gaming system according to claim 8, wherein the controller is configured to

display a screen for requesting to input the participation condition on the display of the gaming machine being a first gaming machine making the request for participation in the link, and

store in the memory the participation condition inputted at the gaming machine with the screen displayed on the display, as the participation condition for the link in which the request for participation is first made by the gaming machine receiving the input of the participation condition.

10. The gaming system according to claim 8, wherein

the controller comprises:

a plurality of individual controllers configured to manage the links individually; and

a comprehensive controller configured to manage the participation conditions for the links comprehensively, wherein

each of the individual controllers is configured to:

(a) cause the counter to count the count value for the progressive bonus corresponding to the link managed by the individual controller, by adding some of a bet amount on a unit game executed on the gaming machine participating in the link managed by the individual controller;

(b) allow the gaming machine agreeing with the participation condition of the link managed by the individual controller to participate in the link managed by the individual controller; and

(c) every time the participation condition of the link managed by the individual controller is set by the gaming machine, notify the comprehensive controller of the set participation condition, and wherein

the comprehensive controller is configured to:

every time the set participation condition of the link is notified by the individual controller, update and store the notified set participation condition in the memory, and

display the participation conditions respectively for the links stored in the memory on the display of the gaming machine which makes the request for participation in any of the links.

11. The gaming system according to claim 8, wherein the controller is configured to

transmit a message received from the gaming machine to other gaming machines participating in the same link as the gaming machine being a sender of the message and cause the other gaming machines to reproduce and output the message,

transmit a message received from the gaming machine making the request for participation in the link to the gaming machines already participating in the link in which the gaming machine being a sender of the message makes the request for participation and cause the participating gaming machines to reproduce and output the message, and

transmit a message received from the participating gaming machines to the gaming machine making the request for participation in the link in which the participating gaming machines already participate and cause the gaming machine making the request for participation in the link to reproduce and output the message.

12. A gaming system including a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network, the system comprising:

a controller operable, according to a program stored in a memory, to execute following processings:

(A) accepting, upon a game start of each of the plurality of gaming machines, a participation in one of existing groups or an initialization of a new group, each of the existing groups involving a variant participation precondition and sharing a progressive bonus,

(B) setting the participation precondition automatically according to a playing history of a concerning gaming machine with the initialization of the new group upon accepting the initialization, and

(C) providing an award during an execution of a unit game in a case where the progressive bonus to which the concerning gaming machine belongs has been awarded.

13. The gaming system according to claim 12, wherein

the participation precondition includes a rank of the progressive bonus, and

the controller is operable to set the rank of the progressive bonus higher as wagers bet on a unit game is larger in a case of automatically setting the precondition upon the initialization of the new group.

14. The gaming system according to claim 12, wherein

the controller outputs a warning when the participation precondition of the group being currently participated-in becomes unsatisfied.

15. A gaming system, comprising:

a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network;

(a) counting a part of wagers bet at each of the plurality of gaming machines as a progressive count value,

(b) setting a progressive bonus with a plurality of ranks each involving a different winning probability and a different award for a winning,

(c) setting a threshold of the progressive count value for each of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus,

(d) determining, in a case where the progressive count value does not reach the threshold, whether or not a progressive bonus is to be won at each of the plurality of gaming machines, and

(e) awarding, in a case where the progressive count value reaches the threshold, a progressive bonus to a predetermined number of gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right earlier among all gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right when receiving a signal indicating that one gaming machine has acquired a progressive bonus right and then receiving signals indicating that other gaming machines each has acquired a progressive bonus right within a preset time period; and

a terminal controller provided at each of the plurality of gaming machines operable, according to a program stored in the memory, to execute following processings:

(A) accepting a participation in at least one of the plurality of ranks of progressive bonus and determining whether or not the participated progressive bonus is to be won at the winning probability of the progressive bonus for each unit game, and

(B) providing an award for the participated progressive bonus when the progressive bonus has been won.

16. The gaming system according to claim 15, wherein the main controller

includes the memory for storing a plurality of probability tables defining the wining probabilities for the ranks of progressive bonus, and

is operable to shift the probability table to another with a higher probability at a gaming machine that had acquired a progressive bonus right but could not win the progressive bonus.

17. The gaming system according to claim 15, wherein

the main controller is operable to set the preset time period to a time required for a single unit game.

18. A gaming system, comprising:

a plurality of gaming machines connected via a network;

(b) setting either a single winning mode in which a number of winnings for a progressive bonus is set to one or a multiple winning mode in which the number of winnings for a progressive bonus is set to one than one,

(c) allowing, in the single winning mode, the progressive bonus to win in one slot machine that has acquired a progressive bonus right earliest, and

(d) allowing, in the multiple winning mode, until a first preset number of slot machines have acquired the progressive bonus right, the progressive bonus to win in the first preset number of slot machines which have acquired a progressive bonus right earlier within the number of winnings, then setting a second preset number by subtracting the first preset number from the number of winnings when more than the first preset number of slot machines have acquired the progressive bonus right, and allowing the progressive bonus to win in the second preset number of slot machines which have the progressive right earlier; and

a terminal controller provided at each of the plurality of gaming machines operable, according to a program stored in the memory, to execute following processings, respectively:

(A) determining whether or not the progressive bonus right is acquired in each unit game, and

(B) providing an award when the progressive bonus right has been acquired and also the main controller has determined the winning of the progressive bonus.

19. The gaming system according to claim 18, wherein

the terminal controller transmits time data indicating an acquisition time of a progressive bonus right to the main controller when acquiring the progressive bonus right, the time data being included in progressive bonus right acquisition data, and

the main controller determines how early the acquisition time of the progressive bonus right is based on the time data included in the progressive bonus right acquisition data transmitted from each of the plurality of gaming machines.

20. The gaming system according to claim 18, wherein

the main controller sets the single winning mode or the multiple wining mode between a time when any terminal controller has awarded a progressive bonus and a later time when each terminal controller determines whether or not to award a progressive bonus.